2013最新版高中英语 Module2《Highlights of My Senior Year》Integrating Skills精练精析 外研版选修7（24份）

2013最新版高中英语精练精析：Module1《Basketball》Grammar（外研版选修7）
Ⅰ. 单项填空
1. The match was really fantastic, ________ when Smith scored in the last minute.
[2012福州高二检测]
A. probably B. exactly
C. especially D. mostly
2. We should ________ adjust ourselves to the development of our society.
[2012唐山高二检测]
A. strictly B. hardly
C. occasionally D. constantly
3. Due to the widespread ________ of this medical technology, more disease can be discovered and treated at an early stage.
[2012襄樊高二检测]
A. presentation B. application
C. qualification D. appreciation
4. The ________ to express an idea is as important as the idea itself.
A. ability B. action
C. attention D. adjustment
5. There is no ________ that he can win the game this time.
A. possibility B. possible
C. possibly D. probably
6. So much rubbish lay in the street and the smell was almost ________.
A. unbearable B. unbelievable
C. impractical D. impossible
7. You must read the ________ with great care to see if the drug contains PPA before it is taken.
A. instructions B. Introductions
]
C. explanations D. expressions
8. I’ve applied for the job but I’m not very ________ about my chance of getting it.
[2012西安高二检测]
A. optimistic B. optimism
C. optimistically D. optimist
9. After five days of fantastic space trip, the two astronauts walked out of the spaceship, ________.
A. tired and happy B. tiredly but happily
C. tiredly and happily D. tired but happy
10. After school, the teacher ________ him ________ straight for the net bar.
A. eyed; head B. watched; headed
C. eyed; headed D. noticed; headed
Ⅱ. 句型转换
1. Ronaldo surprised almost all his fans when he made it clear that he would retire.
→It was __________ for almost all his fans when Ronaldo made it clear that he would retire.
2. They changed the plan to go on holiday.
→There was __________ in the plan to go on holiday.
3. His reply to my letter was in time.
→He __________ to my letter in time.
4. The Lakers won their first championship in this season.
→There was a first championship __________ for the Lakers in this season.
5. The boy often has a dream of playing in the NBA.
→The boy often __________ of playing in the NBA.
Ⅲ. 用所给词的适当形式填空
hope, care, fear, history, comfort, nation, sun, friend, explain, possible
1. If you wear __________ shoes when travelling, you will feel very tired.
2. “I’m sure we’ll find it, ”he said __________.
3. Though they seemed __________ sometimes, they were __________ and cautious when crossing the busy street.
4. The political relationships between different countries are referred to as __________ relations.
5. The weather was surprisingly warm and __________.
6. I expected an __________ and an apology.
7. The __________ of breaking the world record never occurred to him.
8. He is a __________ person and afraid of nothing.
9. 1949 was an __________ year for China.
10. The host greeted us with a __________ smile.
答案解析
Ⅰ.1. 【解析】选C。考查副词辨析。句意：这场比赛确实很吸引人，尤其是当史密斯最后进球时。probably可能；exactly确切地；especially尤其；mostly大多数。
2.【解析】选D。考查副词辨析。句意：我们应该不断地使我们自己适应社会的发展。strictly严格地；hardly几乎不；occasionally偶尔；constantly不断地。
3.【解析】选B。考查名词辨析。句意：由于这种医学技术的广泛应用，人们将会发现更多的疾病，并在早期治疗它们。presentation赠送，陈述；application申请，应用；qualification资格；appreciation欣赏，感激。
4.【解析】选A。句意：表达想法的能力与想法本身一样重要。ability 能力；action动作；attention注意；adjustment 调整。
5.【解析】选A。there is no possibility that. . . 表示“没有……的可能性，不可能”。
6.【解析】选A。考查形容词辨析。句意：那么多的垃圾堆在街上，那种气味是难以忍受的。unbearable难以忍受的；unbelievable难以置信的；impractical不切实际的；impossible不可能的。
7.【解析】选A。考查名词辨析。句意：你服用这种药之前要认真地阅读说明，看看它是否含有PPA。instruction指示，说明；introduction介绍；explanation解释； expression表达，表情。
8.【解析】选A。考查词的辨析。句意：我申请了这份工作，但我对得到它的机会并不很乐观。optimistic乐观的；optimism乐观主义；optimistically乐观地；optimist乐观主义者。根据句子结构与句意可知，此处需要形容词，所以选A。
9.【解析】选D。根据句子结构可以看出，此处需要形容词作伴随状语。另外，tired 与 happy之间是转折关系，所以选D。
10.【解析】选A。eye/watch /notice sb. do sth. 表示“注视某人做某事”。
Ⅱ. 1. surprising/a surprise 2. a change 3. replied
4. win 5. dreams
Ⅲ.1. uncomfortable 2. hopefully 3. careless; careful 4. international
5. sunny 6. explanation 7. possibility 8. fearless 9. historic
10. friendly
2013最新版高中英语精练精析：Module1《Basketball》Integrating Skills（外研版选修7）
Ⅰ. 单项填空
—Are there any students in the classroom now?
—_______，only a few，I’m afraid．
［2012邯郸高二检测］
A．If there are B．If some
C．If any D．If many
2. Tom looked at Jenny, with tears _______ his eyes.
A. filling B. filled
C. filling with D. filled with
3. _______ to the climate here, the old couple prefer to live here for the rest of their life rather than move to another city.
A. Having used B. Using
C. Use D. Used
4. Nowadays, some hot network languages are even _______ in some official media, such as CCTV and People’s Daily.
[2012荆州高二检测]
A. adapted B. adopted
C. appointed D. aimed
5. People today make choices of their diets _______ what they believe.
［2012盐城高二检测］
A. based on B. basing on
C. are based on D. being based on
6. I’m embarrassed about my mistake; please don’t _______ it.
A. draw attention to B. pay attention to
C. live up to D. get down to
7. Had he not _______ to her, she would not have forgiven him.
A. apologized B. admitted
C. advised D. avoided
8. Clever children _______ knowledge easily, as we all know.
A. abuse B. adapt C. absorb D. adjust
9. The school _______ voluntary donations to stay open.
A. puts on B. gets on C. takes on D. relies on
10. The study aims to find out what makes young people _______ crimes.
A. commit B. confirm
C. connect D. combine
Ⅱ. 完成句子
1. 如果需要，我乐意用汽车接送你。
______________, I’ll be glad to run you about.
2. 只有两天时间了, 我们可不能松懈。（用with复合结构）
_____________________ we can’t afford to relax.
3. 人们根据个性和价值观寻找自己的伴侣。
People seek their partners, _______ personality and the values.
4. 遇到困难时，你会依赖谁来帮助你？
Who will you _______ to help you when in trouble?
5. 这个国家企图占有那几个岛。
The country attempted ______________ the few islands.
6. 这个问题开始让人们注意商品安全。
The problem begins to ______________ food safety.
7. 不要对你的父母那样粗鲁。
______________ your parents.
8. 英国食物乍一吃很不习惯, 但不久就能适应了。
The food in England is strange at first but you’ll soon ______________ it.
9. 那个小女孩正在埋头读她的书。
The little girl ______________ her book.
10. 你太无理了，必须向你姐姐道歉。
You must ____________________________.
答案解析
Ⅰ.1.【解析】选C。句意：——教室里现在有学生吗？——如果有的话，恐怕也只是几个。if any表示“如果有的话”，是固定表达。
2.【解析】选A。with tears filling his eyes= with his eyes filled with tears表示“眼睛里充满泪水”。
3.【解析】选D。句意：习惯了这儿的气候，这对老夫妇愿意在这儿度过余生而不愿意搬到另外一个城市。be used to习惯于。此处used to the climate here属于形容词短语作状语，相当于because they are used to the climate here。
4.【解析】选B。考查动词辨析。句意：现在甚至一些正式的媒体，如中央台和人民日报都采用一些很火的网络语言。adapt适应，改编；adopt采用，收养；appoint任命，约定；aim旨在。
5.【解析】选A。句意：今天人们以他们相信的东西来选择他们的饮食。based on是过去分词作定语，相当于which are based on。
6.【解析】选A。考查动词短语。句意：我犯了这种错误很不好意思, 请不要和别人提起。draw attention to让人们注意；pay attention to注意；live up to符合；get down to开始做。
7.【解析】选A。考查动词辨析。句意：如果当时他不向她道歉，她就不会原谅他了。apologize道歉；admit承认；advise建议；avoid避开。
8.【解析】选C。考查动词辨析。句意：正如我们所知，聪明孩子容易吸收知识。abuse滥用；adapt适应；absorb吸收，理解；adjust适应，调整
9.【解析】选D。考查动词辨析。句意：这个学校依赖志愿者的捐赠继续办学。put on穿上，上演；get on上车；take on呈现，雇用；rely on依赖。
10.【解析】选A。考查动词辨析。句意：这项研究旨在查明什么促使年轻人犯罪。commit犯（罪、错误）；confirm证实；connect连接；combine结合。
Ⅱ.1. If necessary 2. With only two days to go 3. based on
4. rely on 5. to take possession of 6. draw attention to
7. Don’t be rude to 8. get used to 9. is absorbed in
10. apologize to your sister for being so rude
2013最新版高中英语精练精析：Module1《Basketball》Introduction & Reading and Vocabulary（外研版选修7）
Ⅰ. 单词拼写
1. My __________ (立即的) reaction was just disgust when I saw the rotten cat.
2. The situation between the two countries seems to be getting more and more __________ (复杂的).
3. Lang Lang is a __________ (有才能的) pianist.
4. Born in India, he __________ (上学) high school and medical school in America.
5. Your request __________ (值得) further consideration.
6. She __________ (保持)the world record for the long jump.
7. Incomes here are nowhere near the national __________ (平均数).
8. When the dog attacked me, I __________ (保卫) myself with a stick.
Ⅱ. 完成句子
1. ___________________ (毫无疑问) he is fit for the job.
2. Since you have ___________________ (长大), you mustn’t depend on your parents any longer.
3. He ___________________ (有很多事情要做) because he had to manage the house alone.
4. ___________________ an embarrassing situation（是你给我解了围）, which made me grateful to you.
5. Liu Xiang is ___________________ (第一个获得金牌的中国人)in the 110 m hurdles.
6. ___________________ (我一做完)I felt satisfied with myself.
7. ___________________ (他们应该入狱) because they had done great harm to society.
8. My friend and I saw a film yesterday and ___________________ (一度) she was moved to tears.
9. The film produced by Zhang Yimou was ___________________ (很成功).
10. ___________________ (每次) he was taken a photo of, he closed his eyes.
Ⅲ. 单项填空
1. He felt that he _______ for the coldness that had grown between them.
A. deserves the blame B. deserves to blame
C. deserved the blame D. deserved to be blaming
2. We should _______ our country from the enemies, whenever and wherever we are.
A. protect B. defend C. prevent D. preserve
3. It is becoming _______ clear that this problem will not be easily solved.
A. surprisingly B. entirely
C. likely D. increasingly
4. The school _______ almost entirely by local children.
A. attends B. is attended
C. joins D. is joined
5. There was a time _______ I wanted to escape from the world.
A. which B. when
C. where D. that
6. Thank you for rescuing me from _______ by the teacher.
A. to be criticized B. criticizing
C. being criticized D. criticized
7. _______ is much doubt whether housing price will be brought down.
A. It B. There C. What D. As
8. The medical reform in that country proved to be _______ failure, but as we know, success often comes after _______ failure.
[2012许昌高二检测]
A. a; the B. a; / C. a; a D. /; /
9. —The Bells expressed the idea to make peace with us.
—I doubt _______ they are honest; sometimes they lie.
[2012连云港高二检测]
A. what B. which
C. that D. whether
10. Most of us graduates hope to get a job here, because the town has just _______.
A. brought up
B. grown up
C. looked up
D. picked up
答案解析
Ⅰ.1. immediate 2. complicated 3. talented 4. attended 5. deserves
6. holds 7. average 8. defended
Ⅱ.1. There is no doubt that
2. grown up
3. had plenty of work to do
4. You rescued me from
5. the first Chinese player to win the gold medal
6. Immediately/As soon as I finished it
7. They deserve to be sent/sending to prison
8. at one point
9. a great success
10. Each time
Ⅲ. 1. 【解析】选C。根据句中的felt与had grown可知此处要用与过去相关的时态。deserve the blame=deserve to be blamed = deserve blaming。
2. 【解析】选B。考查动词辨析。句意：无论何时何地，我们都应该卫国抗敌。protect保护；defend防守，防御，保卫，辩护；prevent阻止；preserve保护，保存。
3.【解析】选D。考查副词辨析。句意：越来越明显的是，这个问题不会轻易被解决。surprisingly 令人吃惊地；entirely完全地; likely可能；increasingly越来越多地，不断增加地。
4.【解析】选B。句意：这个学校接收的几乎全是当地的孩子。attend school上学。此处是被动语态，所以选B。
5.【解析】选B。考查引导定语从句的关系词。此处先行词是a time，定语从句中缺少时间状语，故选B。
6.【解析】选C。句意：谢谢你让我没有受到老师的批评。rescue. . . from. . . 中from是介词，后面要接名词、代词、v. -ing形式。此处criticize与其逻辑主语 “I”之间是被动关系，所以选C。
7.【解析】选B。句意：有人怀疑房价是否会下降。There is much doubt表示“有人很怀疑”，是固定句型。
8.【解析】选B。考查冠词。句意：那个国家的医疗改革证明是一次失败，但正如我们所知，成功总是在失败之后来到。根据句意可知，第一个failure指一件失败的事情，所以要在其前面加不定冠词；第二个failure表示泛指，抽象意义，所以其前面不加冠词。
9.【解析】选D。当doubt用于肯定句时，后面常跟whether引导的从句。句意：——The Bells表示要与我们和好。——我怀疑他们是否诚实，有时他们撒谎。
10.【解析】选B。考查动词短语辨析。bring up 抚养；grow up 成长，发展；look up 查询；pick up 拾起、捡起，恢复（健康）。
2013最新版高中英语精练精析：Module1《Basketball》模块质量评估(一)（外研版选修7）
第二部分　英语知识运用（共两节，满分45分）
第一节　单项填空（共15小题；每小题1分，满分15分）
21. ________at all ________we did the right thing.
A. It is no doubt; that
B. There is no doubt; that
C. It is no doubt; whether
D. There is no doubt; whether
22. My sister met him at Ningbo Grand Theatre yesterday afternoon, so he________ your lecture.
A. couldn’t attend
B. mustn’t have attended
C. shouldn’t attend
D. couldn’t have attended
23. They________ this estimate________ the figures for the last three years.
[2012台州高二检测]
A. are based; with
B. based; according to
C. are based; on
D. based; upon
24. In the following two hours he was________ the performance, because it turned out to be as wonderful as he had expected.
A. tired of B. absorbed in
C. tiring of D. absorbing in
25. Try to spend your time just on the things that________.
A. deserves doing B. worth being done
C. deserve doing D. worth doing
26. The band became ________ overnight success after singing at________ gala for ________ year 2011.
A. an; the; the B. an; /; /
C. /; the; the D. /; the; /
27. —Have you got any particular plans for the coming holiday?
—Yes. ________, I’m going to visit some homes for the old in the city.
[2012临汾高二检测]
A. If ever B. If busy
C. If anything D. If possible
28. —Excuse me, can you tell me where the nearest bank is, please?
—________ Oh yes! It’s past the post office, next to a big market.
A. Mm, let me think.
B. Oh, I beg your pardon?
C. You’re welcome.
D. What do you mean?
29. Yao Ming________ shy, but he’s got used to________ a little more aggressive now.
A. was used to be; be
B. used to be; being
C. used to be; be
D. was used to being; being
30. I’m sorry, but I still can’t understand. Will you please________ it in another way?
A. get B. read C. put　 D. speak
31. I can’t believe that he has________ murder, because it’s not in his________ to be cruel.
A. committed; nature
B. committed; mind
C. connected; nature
D. connected; mind
32. A(n) ________ person always thinks about himself.
A. rude B. abrupt C. selfish D. considerate
33. People________ more and more upon computers for help nowadays.
A. reach B. reduce
C. rely D. replace
34. John was________ as the sales manager by the general manager last month.
A. arranged B. named
C. asked D. appointed
35. Fortunately somebody who happened to be passing by called the fire department________ the fire broke out.
A. hurriedly B. quickly
C. instantly D. shortly
第二节　完形填空（共20小题；每小题1. 5分，满分30分）
One of the most important events in the modern Olympic Games is the Marathon race. The race 36 one of the great events in Greek history.
In 490 B. C. about 10, 000 Greeks fought 37 the Persian army at a place called Marathon. It is 38 that the Persians were ten times as 39 as the Greeks. But, 40 the brave attack of the Greeks, the Persians were badly beaten and 41 away from the plain of Marathon. When the Persians had run away, a soldier, 42 was the most famous 43 in Athens, was 44 to carry the good news to the city 45 full speed.
Although he had fought through the battle and received many wounds, the soldier at once started off toward the 46 city. It was twenty-six and a quarter miles 47 the plain of Marathon to the market place of Athens, 48 the elders of Athens had gathered 49 for news. He ran and ran 50 hills and across plains. As he went on, his lips became dry and his breathing hard. But he thought of the 51 of the people of Athens 52 hearing the news, and he ran harder than ever.
The elders of Athens heard a great shout and saw a soldier staggering toward them. “Rejoice! Rejoice! We won! ” gasped the soldier, and fell down 53 .
In 54 of this noble soldier and athlete, we have in the modern Olympic Games the Marathon race, 55 the athletes run this same distance.
36. A. came from B. came about 　C. came out D. came round
37. A. in B. against C. for D. to
38. A. known B. reported C. told D. said
39. A. many B. few C. little D. much
40. A. in B. with C. by D. because
41. A. taken B. made C. got D. driven
42. A. which B. whom C. whose D. who
43. A. player B. runner C. soldier D. officer
44. A. advised B. asked C. ordered D. allowed
45. A. in B. by C. on D. at
46. A. far B. distant C. away D. off
47. A. to B. from C. in D. at
48. A. where B. there C. here D. when
49. A. waiting B. calling C. asking D. looking
50. A. above B. across C. through D. over
51. A. sadness B. joy C. anger D. surprise
52. A. on B. in C. from D. with
53. A. dead B. hurt C. injured D. wounded
54. A. remember B. front C. honor D. hope
55. A. by which B. from which C. through which D. in which
第三部分　阅读理解（共两节，满分40分）
第一节（共15小题；每小题2分，满分30分）
(A)
When I saw “Utah (犹他爵士队) at Chicago” on the schedule, I knew that Deron Williams and Derrick Rose were going to put on a show.
In addition to the fact that D -Williams and D -Rose are two of the hottest point guards in the League at the moment ―Williams is averaging 18. 4 points and 12. 3 assists as the All-Star break, as Rose has been good for 25. 0 points and 6. 0 dimes—their contrast of styles makes their individual battles always worth watching. On the surface you have Rose’s straight-up speed and athleticism versus Deron’s good judgments and ability to QB（指挥） his system perfectly. But at the same time, Deron is so good an athlete, and you will be able to see Rose pick outing（比赛） up the slight differences of the position more and more every day. Although the Jazz beat the Bulls in the game itself, the point guards didn’t disappoint: Williams posted 28 points and 17 dimes, as Rose ended up with 25 and 13.
I think Williams vs Rose is going to be the PG matchup to watch within the next 2-3 years. And as two of the young floor generals who will have a say in determining how we sight the position historic wholly, I’d go on a limb and predict that down the line—after Kidd and Nash and Chauncey have stepped aside—D-Williams and D-Rose will be broadly recognized as the No. 1 and No. 2 point guards in the League.
56. The writer intends to tell us _________ .
A. there will be a wonderful competition
B. his opinion about Deron Williams and Derrick Rose
C. he likes Deron Williams better than Derrick Rose
D. he thinks highly of Derrick Rose
57. Which of the following belongs to Deron Williams?
A. Straight-up speed. B. Athleticism.
C. Good judgments. D. High pace.
58. What do we know about Derrick Rose?
A. He is a good forward.
B. He is an excellent guard.
C. He is better than Nash now.
D. He has better judgments than others.
59. What does the writer think of Deron Williams and Derrick Rose?
A. Promising.
B. Ordinary.
C. Better than Michael Jordan.
D. The youngest and the most potential.
（B）
Many of the NBA’s 83 foreign-born players say reading was always the main form of entertainment in their home countries. Cleveland’s Mr. Ilgauskas says he grew up with no videogames and a TV that had only two channels. Nenad Krstic of the Oklahoma City Thunder says his basketball coaches in Serbia probably gave him as many books to read as his schoolteachers did when he was a child. “People are just brought up with more technology here , ” says Milwaukee Bucks center Andrew Bogut, who grew up in Australia.
Years ago, before the boom in personal electronics, books were standard equipment in the NBA. Some of the league’s most famous bookworms include former New York Knicks star Bill Bradley, who attended Oxford on a Rhodes Scholarship for two years before joining the league. Chris Dudley, another reader, spent 16 years in the league after graduating from Yale with degrees in political science and economics. Los Angeles Lakers coach Phil Jackson, who studied philosophy and psychology at the University of North Dakota before playing 13 years in the NBA, is an ardent reader, too. UCLA alum Kareem Abdul-Jabbar recalls plowing through the complete Sherlock Holmes collection on his first NBA road trip. He says he once received a big box of paperbacks in the locker room from the late crime writer Robert B. Parker, who had gotten wind that Mr. Abdul-Jabbar was a fan of his “Spenser” detective series.
Nearly all of the Phoenix Suns players read on road trips these days. Miami’s Dwyane Wade isn’t afraid to admit that one of his favorite books was Jane Austen’s “Pride and Prejudice”, which he first read as a student at Marquette.
60. According to the passage, we know Cleveland’s Mr. Ilgauskas _________ .
A. grew up with no TV
B. likes to read books
C. was born in America
D. earns a lot in the NBA
61. The underlined word “here” in Paragraph 1 means _________.
A. in Australia B. in America
C. in Russia D. in Austria
62. Which devoted reader is still in the NBA now according to the passage?
A. Bill Bradley. B. Chris Dudley
C. Phil Jackson. D. Nenad Krstic.
63. The passage mainly tells us _________.
A. some NBA players are crazy about books
B. some NBA players have special interests
C. there are more and more NBA’s foreign-born players
D. the Phoenix Suns players like reading
（C）
　　Why play games? Because they are fun, and a lot more besides. Following the rules. . . planning your next move. . . acting as a team member. . . these are all “game” ideas that you will come across throughout your life.
　Think about some of the games you played as a young child, such as rope-jumping and hide-and-seek. Such games are entertaining and fun. But perhaps more importantly, they translate life into exciting dreams that teach children some of the basic rules they will be expected to follow the rest of their lives, such as taking turns and cooperating.
　Many children’s games have a practical side. Children around the world play games that prepare them for work they will do as grown-ups. For instance, some Saudi Arabian children play a game called bones, which sharpens the hand-eye coordination needed in hunting.
　Many sports encourage national or local pride. The most famous games of all, the Olympic Games, bring athletes from around the world together to take part in friendly competition. People who watch the event wave flags, knowing that a gold medal is a win for an entire country, not just the athlete who earned it. For countries experiencing natural disasters or wars, an Olympic win can mean so much.
　Sports are also an event that unites people. Soccer is the most popular sport in the world. People on all continents play it—some for fun and some for a living. Nicolette Iribarne, a Californian soccer player, has discovered a way to spread hope through soccer. He created a foundation to provide poor children with not only soccer balls but also a promising future.
　Next time you play your favorite game or sport, think about why you enjoy it, what skills are needed, and whether these skills will help you in other aspects of your life.
64. Through playing hide-and-seek, children are expected to learn to_________.
A. be a team leader
B. obey the basic rules
C. act as a grown-up
D. predict possible danger
65. According to the passage, why is winning Olympic medals so encouraging?
A. It inspires people’s deep love for the country.
B. It proves the exceptional skills of the winners.
C. It helps the country out of natural disasters.
D. It earns the winners fame and fortune.
66. What can be inferred from the passage?
A. Games benefit people all their lives.
B. Sports can get all athletes together.
C. People are advised to play games for fun.
D. Sports increase a country’s competitiveness.
（D）
Most people nowadays are persistently seeking for opportunities that will assist them in reaching their goals. Marketing yourself is when there is a demand for you and your services that will help you achieve your goals.
Marketing yourself means you are simply “selling” yourself! The common problem in marketing yourself is that most people think that it is nasty to do this. They think that marketing concerns only to a business. Of course, this is absolutely not true. People who want to attain the success they desire must promote themselves.
In every attempt you make, just think that marketing yourself is a very useful tool. The better you market yourself, the more opportunities you will have. Marketing yourself does not really mean telling every person how beautiful and wonderful you are. It simply means telling your prospective employer that you exist, that you have the possibility of generating much greater income than your prospective employer makes. Or maybe you have the chance of doing something better. There are actually several different ways of marketing yourself. But there are only two primary approaches that you implement（实施）. The first is you find ways to reach out to others and the second is to construct ways in order for the people to find you and make connection with you.
In order for you to reach out and touch the lives of others, you have to be a good person and a good employee. In that way your good reputation will follow naturally. Have a brief and concise（简明） message that you can share with others. When you market yourself, you tell people who you are and what you can do for others. Plan well and practice your message.
In constructing ways for the people to notice and make connection with you, you must be open to them. Bear in mind that communication is a great opportunity to make an impact especially when you market yourself. You also communicate by what you are wearing. Know the appropriate dress code and have a plenty of time to decide what you will wear. Just remember to make a great first impression!
67. All of the following are true about the marketing yourself EXCEPT_________.
A. if you can marketing yourself better, you will have more opportunities
B. if you want to succeed, you must learn how to market yourself
C. marketing yourself simply means making your boss know you can make more money than him
D. marketing yourself really means telling others you are beautiful and wonderful
68. In order to market yourself well, you can do these things EXCEPT_________.
A. praise yourself greatly
B. wear appropriately
C. have a brief and clear message
D. be open to others
69. It can be concluded from the passage that_________ .
A. there are only two ways of marketing yourself
B. communication plays an important part in marketing yourself
C. you needn’t spend plenty of time to decide what you will wear
D. marketing yourself simply means telling your employer you must earn much greater than him
70. Which is the best title for this passage?
A. Achieving your goals
B. Knowing the appropriate dress
C. Ways of marketing yourself
D. Marketing yourself
第二节(共5小题；每小题2分，满分10分)
根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余选项。
　　　71　He had more money than he could ever spend, and he was admired and looked up to by his community．
　　　72　He wasn’t happy．All his life he had been pursuing happiness and striving (奋斗) for happiness, but he had never been able to find it.
Then one day he heard about a hidden temple in Nepal that had a special room that contained the secret of happiness．　73　After many years of searching and countless hardships he arrived there．He was tired and penniless, but he knew that none of that mattered now because he had found the temple．He asked a wise, smiling monk (僧侣) if he could enter the special room．The monk agreed and showed him the stairs leading to the room． 74　He stared into the room with sunlight steaming through the window and saw what he had come so far to find．There hanging on the wall was the secret of happiness．The man gazed at his reflection in the mirror and laughed.
75 Happiness is a choice that we can make．Don’t spend the rest of your life searching the world for happiness then．Just look in the mirror and laugh．Just let the happiness flow from your heart, mind, and soul until it fills your life and the lives of all those around you．
A．He immediately sold all that he owned and set out to find this hidden temple.
B．It was difficult to find the temple in Nepal.
C．No one found the secret of happiness at last.
D．But he knew that something was missing in his life.
E．There once was a very wealthy and successful man.
F．He climbed them with legs shaking with expectation and slowly opened the door.
G．It is time that we all realized that we were the secret of our own happiness.
第二卷
第四部分　　写作（共两节，满分35分）
第一节　短文改错（共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分）
假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文，请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共有10处语言错误，每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。
增加：在缺词处加一个漏字符号（∧），并在其下面写出该加的词。
删除：把多余的词用斜线（）划掉。
修改：在错的词下划一横线，在该词下面写出修改后的词。
注意：1. 每处错误及其修改均仅限一词；
　　　　 2. 只允许修改10处，多者（从第11处起）不计分。
　　I saw an accident happening on my way to home this afternoon. A girl was crossing the street on a zebra crossing while a young man drove a motorbike towards her. The young man saw the girl and tried to stop, and he drove too fast to stop. He hit the girl and fell off her motorbike. The girl was badly hurt and couldn’t move. The young man didn’t know how to do. I ran to a phone box nearby and dialed 110. Soon the police reached. They sent her hospital at once. One of the policeman talked to the young man and wrote something down while he was talking. I think it is very danger to drive very fast.
第二节　书面表达（满分25分）
写一篇介绍篮球的文章，要包括以下要点：
1. 篮球的历史有一百多年，现在全世界有200多个国家的一亿多人打篮球。
2. 一名加拿大医生James Naismith发明了篮球。
3. 历史上第一场篮球赛是在1891年12月21日。
4. 在1936年的柏林奥运会上第一次成为奥运会赛事。
词数：100左右。
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________【备选题】
Ⅰ. 任务型阅读（陕西）（共5小题；每小题2分，满分10分）
　　根据短文内容，从下框的A~F选项中选出能概括每一段主题的最佳选项。选项中有一项为多余项。
A. The meaning of the word “create”
B. Put new ideas into use
C. Observe something in new ways
D. The ability to learn about relationships among things
E. Think up new ideas
F. Use creativity in our daily life
　　1.
　　If you look up the word “create” in the dictionary , you will find it means “to bring into being, to cause to exist something each of us does daily”．
　　2.
　　We are creative whenever we look at or think about something in a new way. First, this includes an awareness of our surroundings．It means using all of our senses to become aware of our world．This may be as simple as being aware of color and texture（质地）, as well as taste, when we plan a meal．Above all, it is the ability to notice things that others might miss．
　　3.
　　A second part of creativity is an ability to see relationships among things．If we believe the expression, “There is nothing new under the sun, the creativity is remaking or recombining（重组） the old in new ways．”For example, we might do this by finding a more effective way to study or a better way to arrange our furniture, or we might make a new combination of camera lenses and filters to create an unusual photograph．
　　4.
　　A third part of creativity is the courage and drive to make use of our new ideas, to ask for them to achieve some new results．To think up a new idea is one thing; to put the idea to work is another．
　　5. These three parts of creativity are included in all the great works of geniuses, but they are also included in many of our day-to-day activities．
Ⅱ. 情景对话（陕西）(共5小题，每小题1分，满分5分)
　　根据对话情景和内容，从对话后所给的选项中选出能填入每一空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两个为多余选项。
M: You really don’t like the singer Mandy More?
W: 　1　.
M: How about Ray? You must like his songs.
W: 　2　.
M: Oh, come on! They are both great singers.
W: I tell you I think they are boring. I can’t stand them.
M: 　3　?
W: In fact, I like folk songs.
M: Folk songs? You’re joking. 　4　.
W: I can find something impressive in such songs.
M: 　5　.
W: No, I don’t. I love horror films.
M: You do? I can’t believe that.
W: But it’s true.
A. Well, what kind of songs do you like
B. No, not at all
C. I can’t agree more
D. I’m afraid I don’t like any of his songs
E. Yes, I think so
F. I mean they’re often sung in dialect and so difficult to understand
G. So you must love an ancient costume drama
答案解析
【听力材料】
(Text 1)
M: Did you receive my application?
W: I did, but I have not had a chance to look it over yet.
(Text 2)
M: Hurry up. It’s time for the English news program.
W: Don’t worry. There is a little time to go. Let’s finish watching Animal World first.
M: All right. But don’t forget it.
W: OK.
(Text 3)
M: Is your luggage ready, madam?
W: Yes, it is.
M: Shall I call someone to bring it down for you?
W: Oh, there’s no need. My suitcase is quite light.
(Text 4)
M: I had my bike stolen. Last night I put it at the gate but I can’t find it now.
W: It was in my way when I went to the garden. So I put it under the stairs. It’s still there.
(Text 5)
W: When’s the next train to New York?
M: You’ve just missed the ten o’clock one. There’s a slow one in five minutes, at ten fifteen, or a fast one at ten twenty, which gets to New York at eleven ten.
W: Thank you. I’ll get the fast one.
(Text 6)
M: ⑥I wish to buy an ice pillow and an ice bag.
W: Yes, we have a variety of them. Do you prefer all rubber or rubbered cloth?
M: I want one of all rubber.
W: Here it is.
M: Please prepare the medicine for me according to this prescription.
W: Certainly, sir. How much do you want of the medicine? For two days or four days?
M: ⑦Give me for three days, please.
W: Here it is, sir. Do you want anything else?
M: Can you sell me cocaine?
W: ⑧Yes, if you have got a doctor’s certificate.
(Text 7)
M: Well, Betty, how was your shopping trip with Laura this afternoon?
W: Don’t ask me.
M: What do you mean? Did something go wrong？
W: What didn’t go wrong? Laura thought I had said I would meet her at Wallace’s department store at 2: 30 ⑨when I had really said 2 o’clock. Then she thought I had said the main entrance in front when I had really said the east entrance on 14th Street.
M: Well, did you ever get together?
W: Yes, but, it was a wonder that we did. ⑩I had given up waiting and had gone inside to the women’s clothing department. She had done the same thing. We met by accident. By the time, it was 3: 00.
M: Did you get what you wanted? Seems to me I remember you said you wanted to get a sweater.
W: No, a blouse. But by that time, the ones on sales all gone. So?I settled for a skirt. And you know what? Laura didn’t buy a thing.
(Text 8)
M: Anna, come in, please.
W: Yes, Mr. Green. What would you like me to do?
M: I need a bus ticket to Seattle.
W: What time do you want to leave, Mr. Green?
M: Well, tomorrow morning, as early as I can. I have an appointment before noon.
W: There’s a bus every thirty minutes starting at 5: 30 am.
M: In that case, I’d like to leave then. Wait. . . My wife’s going to drop me off here on her way to work. ?Could you book me a 6: 30 ticket instead?
W: Sure. Will it be one-way or round-trip?
M: Oh, I probably should buy a round-trip ticket now, since I’ll be coming back tomorrow evening. Uh, is there a bus around 6?
W: Yes, there’s one at 5: 45. ?You’d get back before 8 o’clock.
M: Okay, I’ll take that one. ?I told my wife we’d see a movie at 9: 30.
(Text 9)
M: Good morning! How are you feeling today, Mary? Did you have a good night’s rest?
W: Yes. Thank you, I’m feeling much better.
M: ?Our head, Mr. Ford, sends his best regards. He is very sorry to hear?you’re ill and hopes you will have a speedy recovery.
W: That’s very kind of him. John, please tell him it’s nothing serious and I will be up and at work in about three days.
M: He’s also very sorry for not being able to come to see you this morning as he has an important engagement. He’ll try to find time to come tomorrow.
W: I feel so sorry to give you so much trouble. ?I haven’t been able to thank him yet for all those lovely flowers he sent me last time.
M: Well, I mustn’t tire you too much. If there’s anything you want, don’t hesitate to let me know.
W: No, thank you, John. You’ve thought of everything already.
M: I will be going then. ?I will be around again with Mr. Ford. See you tomorrow.
W: Bye and thank you for coming.
(Text 10)
W: Well, Mr. Smith, we have had an interesting discussion about your work. Now, 　?tell us something about your after-work activities.
M: I guess not much different from everyone else. I’m interested in sport, and I run about 3 miles every day. ?I particularly enjoy cross-country running. While I’m running, I think about all sorts of things, and at the end of a run I’m sometimes surprised to find that ?I’ve managed to solve a problem that was on my mind. As a matter of fact, I’m interested in climbing as well as running. I’ll never become an expert climber, but I know what I’m doing in the mountains. I successfully completed a course in snow and ice climbing when I was younger, and I’ve done a series of easy climbs in the Alps during the last few years.
W: You certainly seem to enjoy various types of recreation. All right, Mr. Smith. Thanks for your interesting talk.
1~5.ABBAC 6～10.ABAAB
11～15.CCCBB 16～20.ACACB
21. 【解析】选B。考查doubt用法。句意：毫无疑问我们做的事情是正确的。There is no doubt that（毫无疑问）是固定句型。
独具【举一反三】
________ she’s very nice, but I just don’t like her.
A. No doubt B. No way
C. No wonder D. No more
【解析】选A。no doubt毫无疑问，相当于there’s no doubt that. . . 。no way没门儿，不可能；no wonder难怪；no more不再。 no way与no more位于句首时，主句要用部分倒装。
22. 【解析】选D。句意：我妹妹昨天下午在宁波大剧院见到他了，所以他不可能去听你的讲座了。根据上句可知，是对过去的否定的推测，应用couldn’t have done。故选D。
23. 【解析】选D。句意：他们的这个估计是以过去三年的数据为根据的。base. . . on/upon. . . 以……为根据。干扰项是C。若选C，句子应改为This estimate is based on the figures for the last three years. 。
24.【解析】选B。句意：在以后的两个小时里，他全神贯注地看演出，因为这场演出结果同他预料的一样精彩。be tired of厌烦；be absorbed in全神贯注于。
25. 【解析】选C。deserve doing=be worth doing值得做。此处又考查了定语从句中的主谓一致。that指代things，所以谓语动词要用复数形式，故选C。
独具【方法技巧】 定语从句中的主谓一致
近几年的高考题对于定语从句的主谓一致问题的考查逐渐增多，如：
① Barbara is easy to recognize as she’s the only one of the women who _____ evening dress.
[2010全国卷Ⅱ, 9]
A. wear B. wears
C. has worn D. have worn
②The teacher together with the students_____ discussing Reading Skills that_____ newly published in America.
[2009四川，17]
A. are; were B. is; were
C. are; was D. is; was
例①的正确答案是B，这个题考查的是the only one of + n. +定语从句。在这种结构中，定语从句修饰的是the only one，所以例①中的who指the only one, 故谓语动词要用单数形式，又根据时态，故选B。例②的两个空都考查主谓一致。第一个空前面是主语the teacher，根据the teacher可知第一个空填is。第二个空考查的是定语从句中的主谓一致。因为此处that指前面的Reading Skills，而Reading Skills是一本书的名字，所以要用谓语动词的单数形式，故选D。由以上两个题可知，当考查定语从句中的主谓一致时，一定要注意定语从句中的关系代词指代的是可数名词还是不可数名词。
26. 【解析】选A。考查冠词。第一个空填不定冠词，是因为此处success是可数名词，表示“成功的人或事”。第二、三空用定冠词表示特指。
独具【举一反三】
I don’t think our action is_____ failure. As we all know, _____failure is the mother of success.
A. a; the B. a; / C. a; a D. /; /
【解析】选B。句意：我认为我们的行动不是一个失败。正如我们所知，失败是成功之母。根据句意可知，第一个空后面的failure指一件失败的事情，而第二个空后面的failure是泛指失败，表示抽象意义。
27. 【解析】选D。句意：——对于即将到来的假期，你有什么特别的打算吗？——是的。如果可能的话，我会去参观/拜访城里的老年之家。if ever如果曾经有的话；if busy如果很忙；if anything如果有一些事情；if possible如果可能。
28. 【解析】选A。考查交际用语。由答语Oh yes! 可知，回答者一下子想不起最近的银行在哪，故应说Mm, let me think。答句句意：哦，让我想一想。对了！经过邮局，就在一家大市场旁边。
29. 【解析】选B。句意：姚明过去很害羞，但现在他开始习惯具有进攻性了。第一个空考查used to（过去常常），其中的to是不定式符号，后面跟动词原形。第二个空前面的get used to表示“习惯于”，其中的to是介词，所以后面要跟v. -ing形式。
30. 【解析】选C。句意：很抱歉，我仍然不明白。你能用另一种方式解释吗？put在此表示“说，陈述”。干扰项是D，但speak表示“说某种语言”时是及物动词在其他情况下通常是一个不及物动词。
31. 【解析】选A。commit murder犯谋杀罪；it’s in one’s nature to do sth. 表示“做某事是某人的本性”。
32.【解析】选C。考查形容词辨析。句意：一个自私的人总是考虑他自己。　　　rude粗鲁的；abrupt突然的，出其不意的；selfish自私的；considerate体贴的，考虑周到的。
33. 【解析】选C。考查动词辨析。句意：现在人们越来越依靠电脑来寻求帮助。reach，reduce，replace皆为及物动词, 不与upon连用；rely upon/on依赖, 依靠。
34.【解析】选D。考查词义辨析。句意: 约翰上个月被总经理任命为销售经理。arrange安排，布置（任务）；name命名，起名字；appoint sb. as 任命某人为……。
35. 【解析】选C。考查副词辨析。句意：幸运的是，火灾爆发时，碰巧有人经过，给消防部门打了电话。hurriedly匆忙地；quickly迅速地；instantly用作连词，引导时间状语从句，立刻，一……就……；shortly很快，立刻。
独具【方法技巧】
“一……就……”的英语表达有多少
表示“一……就……”的连词在英语中是比较多的，所以也是高考中的一个重点，平时要熟记下面的这些表示“一……就……”的连词：as soon as; immediately; directly; instantly; the moment; the minute; the instant; no sooner. . . than. . . ; hardly/scarcely had. . . when. . . 。但如果no sooner, hardly/scarcely置于句首时，主句要用部分倒装。另外还有on/upon + n. 或on/upon doing sth. 以及at + n. 等。例如：
①I’ll write you as soon as I get there.
我一到那儿，就给你写信。
②Return immediately you have done it.
事情一做完就回来。
③No sooner had he arrived in Rome than he was robbed. =On/Upon his arrival in Rome, he was robbed.
他一到罗马就被抢劫了。
36. 【解析】选A。从后文可以看出，本文主要讲述了马拉松赛跑的来历。come from来自；come about 发生；come out 出版，发芽，出来；come round 流传开来。
37.【解析】选B。fight in　在某地参加战斗；fight against sb. 与……作战；fight for sth. 为……而战；fight to+表示时间的名词，战斗到……。根据语境应选B。
38.【解析】选D。it is known that 人们知道；it is reported that 据报道；it is told that 据告知；it is said that 据说。故事的情景只能是据说。
39.【解析】选A。这里指两国交战的人数。as many as和……一样多。
40.【解析】选C。by在此处的意思是： 由于，因为。
41.【解析】选D。the Persians 重创后被驱逐出了马拉松。drive away 驱逐走，驱逐出。
42.【解析】选D。考查定语从句，先行词是人，在从句中作主语，所以用关系代词who引导。
43.【解析】选B。此人因为跑得快，所以让他去传送消息。
44.【解析】选C。因为此人是个士兵，所以命令他去传送消息。advise建议；ask要求；order命令；allow允许。
45.【解析】选D。以……的速度用at. . . speed。
46.【解析】选B。表示“遥远的”只能用distant作定语。
47.【解析】选B。此处表示“距离……”，用from。
48. 【解析】选A。此处承接上句，指在遥远的城市那边，老人们在急切地等着战果消息。
49. 【解析】选A。根据句意，wait for等待；call for要求，需要；ask for向……寻求，要求；look for寻找。
50. 【解析】选D。above在……上；across和through指穿过；over指越过，横过。
51. 【解析】选B。人们听到战胜的消息后肯定很高兴，故选B。
52.【解析】选A。on doing. . . 表示一……就……。
53.【解析】选A。这位士兵倒下后死了，此处用形容词作状语。
54. 【解析】选C。为了纪念这位伟大的士兵运动员，现代奥运会出现了马拉松赛跑。in honor of为了纪念。
55. 【解析】选D。考查定语从句，先行词在从句中作状语，表示在马拉松赛跑中，所以用介词in。
56. 【解析】选B。推理判断题。本文作者主要告诉读者他对两位NBA球员Deron Williams（德隆·威廉姆斯）和 Derrick Rose（德里克·罗斯）的情况，主要对他们进行了对比，并认为他们两个是很有希望的。故选B。
57. 【解析】选C。细节理解题。根据第二段的On the surface you have Rose’s straight-up speed and athleticism versus Deron’s good judgments and ability to QB his system perfectly. 可知。
58. 【解析】选B。根据第二段的第一句以及文章最后一句可知他是后卫。故选B。
59. 【解析】选A。推理判断题。根据这篇文章以及最后一段最后一句可知作者认为这两位球员都是很有希望的。故选A。
60. 【解析】选B。推理判断题。根据第一段的前两句可知， NBA共有83名外国出生的球员，他们中的许多人表示，读书在他们的祖国是一种主流的休闲方式。克里夫兰骑士队的伊尔戈斯卡斯说，他童年时没有游戏机可玩，连电视都只有两个频道。由此可知Mr. Ilgauskas喜欢读书。
61. 【解析】选B。推理判断题。根据上下文可知此处here是指在美国。
62. 【解析】选D。细节理解题。根据第一段的第三句可知Nenad Krstic现在仍然在NBA。根据第二段可知A、B、C中提到的三个人是过去曾在NBA呆过。
63. 【解析】选A。主旨大意题。本文主要讲了NBA的一些外籍球员喜欢读书的事情。故选A。
64. 【解析】选B。细节理解题。根据第二段的that teach children some of the basic rules they will be expected to follow the rest of their lives, such as taking turns and cooperating可知。
65. 【解析】选A。推理判断题。根据第四段的首句Many sports encourage national or local pride. 可知，此句是本段的中心，下文是围绕这一主题展开的。
66. 【解析】选A。推理判断题。本文主要解释了为什么要玩游戏，玩游戏有哪些好处。故选A。
　　人人都是推销者，人的一生就是在不断地推销自己——不论是在工作、生活或是爱情中。推销自己，就是让别人注意到自己，做人生舞台上的主角；推销自己，就是让更多的人接受自己，自然地融入人际关系中；推销自己，就是完美地展现自己，真正实现人生的价值。
67. 【解析】选D。细节理解题。根据文章第三段“Marketing yourself does not really mean telling every person how beautiful and wonderful you are. ”可知D错误。
68. 【解析】选A。细节理解题。根据文章第四段“Have a brief and concise message that you can share with others. ”可知C正确。根据第五段“you must be open to them. ”和“Know the appropriate dress code and have a plenty of time to decide what you will wear. ”可知D, B正确。A未提到。
69. 【解析】选B。推理判断题。根据文章第五段“Bear in mind that communication is a great opportunity to make an impact especially when you market yourself. ”可知B正确。
70. 【解析】选D。主旨大意题。根据全文可知本文介绍“自我推销”这个话题，所以选D项。
71. 【解析】选E。根据空后面的内容可知此处应提到了一个富有的人。所以选E。
72. 【解析】选D。根据空后面的He wasn’t happy以及下一句的内容可知，他感觉生活中有欠缺的东西。故选D。
73. 【解析】选A。根据空前后的内容可知此处表示他去寻找那个庙宇了。故选A。
74. 【解析】选F。根据空前后的内容可知此处表示，他爬上了通向那间屋子的楼梯，然后进入房间。故选F。
75. 【解析】选G。最后一段作者阐明了快乐的意义。根据文章的内容以及最后一段的意思可知选G。
短文改错
I saw an accident happening on my way to home this afternoon. A girl was
　　　　　　　　happen
crossing the street on a zebra crossing while a young man drove a motorbike towards
　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　 when
her. The young man saw the girl and tried to stop, and he drove too fast to stop. He
　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　but
hit the girl and fell off her motorbike. The girl was badly hurt and couldn’t move. The
　　　　　　　　　his
young man didn’t know how to do. I ran to a phone box nearby and dialed 110. Soon
　　　　　　　　　　what
the police reached. They sent her∧hospital at once. One of the policeman
　　　　arrived　　　　　　 to　　　　　　　　　　　 policemen
talked to the young man and wrote something down while he was talking. I think it is very danger to drive very fast.
dangerous
1. 【解析】第一句中的 happening改为happen。因为此处不强调事故正在发生，而是指看到了事故发生的整个过程。故要用see sb. /sth. do的结构。
2. 【解析】第一句中的to 去掉。因为on one’s way home中的home是副词，前面不需要加介词。
3. 【解析】第二句中的while改为when。因为表示“当……时候”时，while引导的从句中的谓语动作应是延续性的，而when引导的从句中的谓语动作既可以是延续性的，也可以是短暂性的。此处的谓语动作是短暂性的，所以要用when。
4. 【解析】第三句中第二个and改为but。因为此处表示转折。
5. 【解析】第四句中her改为his。根据上下文可知是男士骑着摩托车把过斑马线的女孩撞了，所以应是男士从摩托车上跌下来。故把her改为his。
6. 【解析】第六句中how改为what。因为此处是what to do的形式。
7. 【解析】第八句中reached改为arrived。表示“到达”时，reach是及物动词，arrive是不及物动词，而此处需要的是不及物动词。
8. 【解析】第九句中的sent her 后面加 to。因为此处是send sb. to some place的结构。
9. 【解析】第十句中policeman改为policemen。根据one of可知应指多个警察。所以要用policeman的复数形式。
10. 【解析】第十一句中danger改为dangerous。因为在此缺少形容词，表示“开快车是危险的”。
书面表达
Basketball
The sport of basketball is a little over a hundred years old. Though its history is not so long, it is played by more than 100 million people in over 200 countries now.
Basketball was invented by a Canadian doctor named James Naismith. It is believed that it was on December 21st, 1891 that the first basketball game in history was played. From then on, the popularity of basketball rose little by little. As a result, in 1936 in Berlin, it became an Olympic event. Since then, more countries have encouraged people to play it, causing it to be one of the favourite sports in the world.
【备选题】
Ⅰ. 1. 【解析】选A。此部分主要讲了“创造”的含义。
2. 【解析】选C。此部分主要讲了要用新的方法观察思考周围的东西。
3. 【解析】选D。此部分主要讲了要了解事物之间的关系。
4. 【解析】选B。此部分主要讲了要把想法付诸实践。
5. 【解析】选F。此部分主要讲了创造性不仅在天才的作品中，我们的日常活动也包括创造性。
Ⅱ. 答案：1~5. BDAFG
2013最新版高中英语精练精析：Module2《Highlights of My Senior Year》Grammar（外研版选修7）
Ⅰ. 单项填空
1. Great changes have taken place in that school. It is no longer _______ it was 20 years ago, _______ it was so poorly equipped.
[2012冀州高二检测]
A. what; when B. that; which
C. what; which D. which; that
2. To tell the truth，_______ is my belief that parents shouldn’t give children whatever they want.
[2012西安高二检测]
A．as B．it C．what D．that
3. Can you tell me _______ you like store shopping in the future?
A. what B. how C. when D. who
4. _______ the nuclear leak in Japan will affect China hasn’t been proved.
A. That B. What C. Whether D. If
5. _______ expresses thanks will improve the relationship when saying “thank you”.
A. Who B. Whoever
C. Whom D. Whomever
6. _______ worried the doctors most was _______ they could find the cause of the disease.
A. What; how B. That; that
C. What; what D. How; what
7. _______ many lean-meat pigs in Henan Province were destroyed alive made people relieved.
A. It B. As C. What D. That
Ⅱ. 改写句子
1. I’m planning a visit to my hometown. （用主语从句）
______________ is a visit to my hometown.
2. I need some help from you. （用主语从句）
______________ is some help from you.
3. Whether he’ll be home at 9 or not is not clear. （用it作形式主语）
_____________ whether he’ll be home at 9 or not.
4. He was tired because he had been painting. （用表语从句）
He was tired. That’s _____________________.
5. I believe that I should be treated like a young adult. （用表语从句）
My belief is ___________________________________.
Ⅲ. 完成句子
1. 那就是我要来这里的原因。
That’s ______________.
2. 我不能肯定他们去还是不去。
I’m uncertain _____________________
]
3. 我想上哪一所大学还没有决定下来。
_____________________ has not been decided.
4. 很遗憾她不能参加毕业舞会——她生病了。
______________ she can’t come to the prom—she is ill.
5. 他们将选谁当队长还不知道。
_____________________ is not known.
答案解析
Ⅰ.1.【解析】选A。what it was 20 years ago是what引导的表语从句，并且what在从句中作表语。when it was so poorly equipped是when引导的非限制性定语从句，修饰20 years ago。
2.【解析】选B。此处it是形式主语，真正的主语是后面的that从句。句意：说实话，我认为父母不应该给孩子们想要的一切。
3.【解析】选B。How do you like sb. /sth. =What do you think of sb. /sth. 你认为……怎样？此处是这种疑问句的陈述语序。
4.【解析】选C。句意：日本的核泄漏是否会影响中国还没有被证实。根据句意可知从C、D中选。但if引导的主语从句不能位于句首，故选C。
5.【解析】选B。句意：在说“谢谢”时，表达感谢的人会使关系更好。根据句子结构可知此处主语从句中缺少主语，所以首先排除C、D两项，又根据句意可知选B。whoever相当于anyone who；who引导名词性从句时，含有疑问。
6.【解析】选A。句意：医生最担心的是他们怎样才能发现病因。what worried the doctors most是主语从句，what在从句中作主语；how they could find the cause of the disease是表语从句。
7.【解析】选D。句意：河南省的很多瘦肉猪被毁掉令人们感到欣慰。此处that many lean-meat pigs in Henan Province were destroyed alive是that引导的主语从句。若选A或C，句子应改为：It made people relieved that many lean-meat pigs in Henan Province were destroyed alive. 或What made people relieved was that many lean-meat pigs in Henan Province were destroyed alive. 。
Ⅱ.1. What I’m planning 2. What I need
3. It is not clear 4. because he had been painting.
5. that I should be treated like a young adult
Ⅲ.1. why I came here 2. whether they will go or not
3. Which college I want to go to 4. It’s a pity that
5. Who they will choose to be captain
2013最新版高中英语精练精析：Module2《Highlights of My Senior Year》Integrating Skills（外研版选修7）
Ⅰ. 单项填空
“We can’t go out in this weather, ” said Bob, _______ out of the window.
[2012长沙高二检测]
A. to look B. looked
C. looking D. having looking
2. It was the training _______ he had at school _______ made him a good jumper．
[2012牡丹江高二检测]
A．what；what B．that；what
C．what；that D．that；that
3. People who are cheerful and relaxed are less _______ to suffer from colds．
[2012德州高二检测]
A. possible B. probable C. likely D. possibly
4. The part he has _______ in fighting for freedom is great.
A. made B. done C. played D. finished
5. They felt too _______ at the earthquake and the loss it caused.
A. upset B. delighted
C. excited D. disappointed
6. Staying at your desk until 10: 30 p. m. has become a _______ for high school students.
A. route B. assignment
C. routine D. task
7. _______, it’s wise not to use the mobile phone too often. Which of the following is WRONG?
A. As far as I’m concerned
B. In my view
C. In my opinion
D. As soon as I know
8. I find _______ strange that he should ask me such a personal question.
A. that B. this C. what D. it
9. —Tom looks hot and dry.
—So _______ you if you have a high fever.
A. will B. do C. are D. would
10. _______ I’m concerned, this arrangement is quite satisfactory, but they think about it in a different way.
A. As long as B. As far as
C. As good as D. As soon as
Ⅱ. 完成句子
1. 是什么使得手机有危害？（用强调句型）
______________ makes the mobile phone harmful?
2. 你说的话令我不安。
I was _______ what you said.
3. 按时到会是一种礼貌。
It is good manners _____________________ a meeting.
4. 令影迷失望的是，他们喜爱的影星竟然没有到场。
_____________________ the fans, the star they liked shouldn’t turn up.
5. 生活即舞台, 我们都是演员。因此演好属于你的角色!
Life’s a stage, and we’re all characters. So ______________ and play it well!
6. 就英语而言，它并不像你所认为的那样难。
_____________________, it is not so difficult as you might think.
7. 我认为，法国对利比亚宣战是不对的。
______________，it was wrong that France declared war on Libya.
8. 他喊着我的名字跑过来。（用v. -ing形式作伴随状语）
He ran up, ______________.
9. 足球被认为是最受欢迎的体育运动。
Football ______________ the most popular sports game.
10. 他们很可能会接受我们的挑战。
They ______________ accept our challenge.
答案解析
Ⅰ.1.【解析】选C。此处looking out of the window作伴随状语。句意：鲍勃看着窗外说：“我们不能在这样的天气出去。”根据句意可知，look这一动作是主语鲍勃发出的，且此动作与said是同时发生，所以用v. -ing形式的一般式。
2.【解析】选D。考查强调句型即it is/was +被强调成分+that/who+其他。被强调成分是the training，在其后是一个定语从句that he had at school对the training进行修饰。
3.【解析】选C。likely可以用于sb. /sth. + be+likely + to do sth. ，而possible与probable不可以。所以选C。
4.【解析】选C。句意：他在为自由而战中起到的作用是很大的。play the part in在……中起作用。
5.【解析】选A。句意：这场地震以及它造成的损失使他们感到很烦躁。upset烦躁不安的；delighted高兴的；excited兴奋的，激动的；disappointed失望的。
6.【解析】选C。考查名词辨析。句意：对高中生来说，学习到晚上10：30已成为惯例。
7.【解析】选D。A、B、C都表示“我认为”，D项改为As far as I know也表示“就我而言”。
8.【解析】选D。此处it作形式宾语。真正的宾语是句中的that从句。句意：我认为他竟然问我这样一个私人的问题是很奇怪的。
9.【解析】选A。考查so的倒装句式。if条件句中用现在时，主句常用将来时，答句句意：如果你发高烧你也会这样。
10.【解析】选B。句意：就我看来，这种安排是十分令人满意的，但他们却不这样认为。as far as I’m concerned“就我看来”是固定短语。
Ⅱ.1. What is it that 2. upset at 3. to be punctual for
4. To the disappointment of 5. play your part
6. So far as English is concerned 7. In my view 8. calling my name
9. is considered as 10.are likely to
2013最新版高中英语精练精析：Module2《Highlights of My Senior Year》Introduction & Reading and Vocabulary（外研版选修7）
Ⅰ. 单词拼写
1. Nobody can entirely keep away from this ________（竞争性的） world.
2. I’ve found a job that ________（适合） me down to the ground.
3. Can you say something about the ________（精彩生活）of your senior year?
4. Every nation should have a right to ________（选举） their own government.
5. He left his hotel in a ________（租用）car.
6. The place is ________（庞大的）—larger than any building I’ve ever seen.
7. I’ll remember the kind man ________（永远）who helped me out when I was in trouble in 2008.
8. Tomorrow’s vote is unlikely to ________（解决） the question.
Ⅱ. 完成句子
1. 我敢打赌一年以后回头看这件事的时候他会大笑。
I bet in a year he’ll ____________ this whole thing and laugh.
2. 在这里小朋友们可以痛痛快快地玩水。
Here children can ________ playing with water.
3. 很遗憾在这个城市里不是所有的孩子都有同样的机会。
________________ all children in the city cannot have the same chances.

4. 最大的惊喜就是我被选为班长的时候。
The biggest surprise was ________________________.
5. 我喜欢与他人分享我的观点。
I enjoy ________________.
6. 等到孩子们静下来，你才能上课。
Wait until the children ________ before you start the lesson.
7. 我们住在租来的房子里。
We live in ________.
8. 走了10公里，他确实显得很疲倦。（用v. -ing形式和do表示强调）
After ________ 10 kilometers, he ________ tired.
Ⅲ. 单项填空
1. —We are having a party this evening．
—________!
[2012成都高二检测]
A. For fun B. Make fun of
C. Have fun D. In fun
2. Washington has called on Iran to ________ its words with actions.
[2012福州高二检测]
A. match B. fit C. suit D. break
3. Whenever I am alone, I find myself always ________ the old days.
A. looked back at B. looking back at
C. looked down upon D. looking down upon
4. With so many problems ________, we will have a hard time in future.
A. to settle B. settled
C. settling D. being settled
5. ________ was a great pity we couldn’t go to save the people affected by the earthquake.
A. There B. It C. What D. As
6. —Your T-shirt ________ nice.
—Thank you.
A. does look B. look
C. does look like D. look like
7. She felt embarrassed, for she realized ________ she had done.
A. how B. why C. when D. what
8. —What do you think of the situation in the country?
—________, things will become better.
A. In my opinion B. In the way
C. On the other hand D. On the contrary
9. I have ________ fun working as ________ arts editor.
A. a; an B. /; a C. the; the D. /; an
10. I still remember ________ with him together in the past.
A. enjoy playing B. to enjoy playing
C. enjoying playing D. to enjoy play
11. ________ by the beautiful toy, the boy stared at it for a long time.
A. Attracted B. Attracting
C. Attract D. To attract
12. The boy ________ worked hard was admitted to a famous university.
A. whom B. which C. who D. whose
答案解析
Ⅰ. 1. competitive 2. suits 3. highlights 4. elect
5. rented 6. enormous 7. forever 8. settle
Ⅱ. 1. look back on/at 2. have fun 3. It is a great pity that
4. when I was elected monitor. 5. sharing my opinions with others.
6. settle down 7. a rented house 8.covering; did look
Ⅲ. 1.【解析】选C。句意：——我们今晚有一个晚会。——尽情玩吧！for fun=in fun取乐；make fun of取笑；have fun玩得开心，尽情玩吧。
2.【解析】选A。句意：华盛顿已经要求伊朗言行一致。match A with B表示“使A与B相适合”。干扰项是C，若选C，要把题干中的with改为to。suit A to B表示“使A与B相适合”
3.【解析】选B。句意：独自一人时，我发现自己总是回顾过去的日子。find oneself doing sth. 发现自己在做某事。look back at回顾；look down upon轻视。
4.【解析】选A。考查with复合结构。句意：有很多问题要解决，所以我们今后的生活会很困难。根据句意可知settle这个动作发生在将来，所以要用动词不定式。因为在with复合结构中，动词不定式表示将来。
5.【解析】选B。It is/was a great pity that是固定句型。句意：很遗憾，我们不能去救那些在地震中受害的人们。
6.【解析】选A。考查do表示强调。此处的主语是单数，所以谓语也用单数形式。另外，look like后面不能跟形容词，所以选A。
7.【解析】选D。考查引导名词性从句的连接词。句意：因为认识到了她所做的一切，她感到很尴尬。根据句意以及句子结构可知，从句中缺少宾语，所以选what。
8.【解析】选A。句意：——你认为这个国家的局势怎样？——我认为情况会变得更好。in my opinion我认为；in the way挡道，碍事；on the other hand另一方面；on the contrary相反。
9.【解析】选D。have fun是固定短语，中间没有冠词；arts editor（文艺编辑）是可数名词，此处表示单数意义，所以前面加不定冠词。又arts以元音音素开始，所以加an。
10.【解析】选C。句意：我仍然记得过去喜欢和他一起玩。remember doing. . . 记得曾经做过……；enjoy doing. . . 喜欢做……。
11.【解析】选A。句意：被那个漂亮的玩具吸引了，小男孩盯着看了好长时间。此处attracted by the beautiful toy相当于because he was attracted by the beautiful toy。attract与句子主语the boy之间是逻辑上的被动关系，所以用过去分词。
12.【解析】选C。考查引导定语从句的关系词。who worked hard是定语从句修饰the boy，who在定语从句中作主语。
2013最新版高中英语精练精析：Module2《Highlights of My Senior Year》模块质量评估(二)（外研版选修7）
第二部分 英语知识运用（共两节，满分45分）
第一节 单项填空（共15小题；每小题1分，满分15分）
21. It is years of hard work ______ has made him a successful businessman, ______ his relatives are proud of.
[2012赣州高二检测]
A. that; what
B. when; which
C. which; that
D. that; who
22. —I’m not good at singing, you know.
—______! It’s just for fun.
[2012杭州高二检测]
A. No problem B. Come on
C. What a pity D. Cheer up
23. I’ll be ______ to do the same thing in your situation.
[2012济南高二检测]
A. possibly B. probably C. likely D. perhaps
24. ______ provides these children with food and clothing is not known.
A. Who B. Whoever C. What D. That
25. ______ we’ve had while taking a skiing trip in the Rocky Mountain!
A. What a fun B. How fun
C. What fun D. How a fun
26. —How about six o’clock at the gate of our school?
—That ______ me fine.
A. fits B. satisfies C. suits D. agrees
27. There are still a lot of difficult problems ______.
A. remain to be settled
B. remained settling
C. remaining to be settled
D. remained settled
28. The student ______ was caught cheating in the exam.
A. considered being honest
B. considered to be honest
C. who was considered having been honest
D. who considered honest
29. ______ is a great pity that we can’t help you when you are in trouble.
A. There B. What C. It D. Which
30. When I was your age, if I was not ______ for home, I would be punished and get no dinner!
A. practical B. punctual
C. polite D. particular
31. Family life education continued to ______ in bringing up children.
A. play an important part
B. have difficulty
C. pay attention
D. have fun
32. As is often the case, the old like to ______ those good old days.
A. look after B. look back at
C. take after D. take care of
33. It is a ______ that women get married in long white dresses in that area.
A. habit B. hobby C. routine D. route
34. —What about going to the movies after the conference tomorrow?
—______ I’m concerned, some other arrangements would be more satisfactory.
A. As long as B. As far as
C. As well as D. As soon as
35. The TV program is very ______ as it deals with the most popular subject at present—soccer in South Africa.
A. disappointing B. attractive
C. energetic D. accurate
第二节 完形填空（共20小题；每小题1. 5分，满分30分）
[2012无锡高二检测]
When I was a college student, I did a lot of traveling abroad. That was because a professor 36 me to do so. She said, “Now it is the time for you to travel around the world, 37 your knowledge through actual experiences and have fun! ” I 38 her.
Since I started to work for a 39 company, however, I have done most of my traveling through the Internet. By using the Internet, I have seen the 40 of many cities on my computer screen. And I have really made business 41 , too. With the help of the Internet, I have also got 42 about food in different countries.
Therefore, I was beginning to feel that actual trips were 43 necessary when I happened to read a famous chef’s (厨师) comment on the Internet. He said, “It is very difficult to have real Italian food in a foreign country, because we can’t enjoy food and the 44 around us at the same time. So why don’t you fly over to Italy and enjoy real Italian 45 ? ” Those words reminded me of my 46 advice. As information technology 47 , you might be able to do without making some real trips. But this also means that you will miss the various 48 you can get from traveling.
Today there are people who 49 direct communication with others and spend much of their time on the Internet. It is not surprising to see a group of people 50 not with each other but into their microphones. It seems as if such people are 51 by an invisible wall. They seem to be losing out on a good chance to 52 and talk with other people. I do not think that they are taking good advantage of information technology. We should use information technology as a tool to make our daily 53 more fruitful. However, we should never let it 54 our time for face-to-face communication. Let’s make use of information technology more 55 , and have great fun in experiencing the actual world.
36. A. promised B. allowed C. hurried D. encouraged
37. A. build up B. use C. practice D. exchange
38. A. agreed with B. learned from C. followed D. obeyed
39. A. computer B. food C. clothing D. machine
40. A. life B. rivers C. sights D. houses
41. A. plans B. bargain C. progress D. trips
42. A. information B. taste C. cooks D. feelings
43. A. even more B. no longer C. any longer D. any more
44. A. people B. drink C. atmosphere D. environment
45. A. shoes B. dishes C. customers D. situations
46. A. friends’ B. parents’ C. professor’s D. boss’s
47. A. produces B. advertises C. forms D. advances
48. A. news B. pleasures C. troubles D. places
49. A. avoid B. keep C. lose D. enjoy
50. A. meeting B. talking C. telling D. traveling
51. A. stopped B. met C. surrounded D. hurt
52. A. look at B. employ C. travel D. meet
53. A. communication B. study C. work D. action
54. A. spare B. increase C. reduce D. make use of
55. A. wisely B. quickly C. or less D. slowly
第三部分 阅读理解（共两节，满分40分）
第一节（共15小题；每小题2分，满分30分）
（A）
In American high school, there are all kinds
of school activities, which make students develop
their interests and love their school.
Each school holds certain yearly activities
for the entire school body, such as homecomings,
proms, holiday celebrations, etc. .
The homecoming is celebrated each fall, usually on a weekend, and events leading up to it may last all week. While homecoming is celebrated differently at each school, it usually includes a parade and the crowning of the Homecoming King and Queen, and ends with a football game and school dance.
The prom is a formal dance for students in grades 11 and 12, and is generally anticipated as the most important social event of the school year. It can also be a time of anxiety, as boys have to work up the courage to ask a date to the prom, and girls hope the right boy invites them. These couples dress in formal clothes—girls in long gowns, boys in suits. Some students even arrange a limousine and driver for their group of friends to arrive in style! At the prom, students dance, have snacks and drinks, and chat. Prom usually ends with a Prom King and Queen being announced and crowned on stage before an envious audience.
Besides hosting events for holidays such as the Fourth of July and Halloween, individual high schools often have their own special events. One day might be “Inside Out/Backwards Day”， where students and teachers should wear their clothes reversed all day, perhaps walk and speak backwards, and even go to classes in opposite order. And some schools hold contests where, if certain academic goals are met, the headmaster will kiss a pig, shave his mustache, or dress as a woman for the day.
56. When can you take part in homecoming according to the passage?
A. In winter. B. In summer.
C. In spring. D. In autumn.
57. The reason why the prom is a time when students feel anxious is that ______.
A. boys are afraid to pass the last exam
B. girls are afraid they won’t have enough money to buy beautiful dresses
C. boys will express their love to the girls they have liked and invite them to the prom
D. girls wish they could dance well
58. We can know from the passage that ______.
A. all kinds of school activities are beneficial to students
B. the Homecoming King and Queen and a Prom King and Queen are the best students
C. Halloween is on the Fourth of July
D. at homecoming, girls are in long gowns and boys in suits
59. The underlined word “reversed” in the last paragraph means ______.
A. forwards B. opposite
C. inside out D. out of order
（B）
President Obama wants the United States to again
have the world’s highest percentage of college graduates
by two thousand twenty. But to finish college, children
first have to reach the starting line by getting there.
On Tuesday the president gave a national broadcast speech to students about the importance of staying in school. He spoke on the first day of classes at a high school in Virginia. He talked about personal responsibilities, and used himself as an example of someone who overcame difficulties.
BARACK OBAMA: “My father left my family when I was two years old, and I was raised by a single mother who struggled at times to pay the bills and wasn’t always able to give us things the other kids had. There were times when I missed having a father in my life. There were times when I was lonely and felt like I didn’t fit in. ”
But he told students that problems in their own lives should not stop them from learning.
BARACK OBAMA: “There’s no excuse for talking back to your teacher, or cutting class or dropping out of school. There’s no excuse for not trying. ”
This was not the first presidential speech to students. Ronald Reagan spoke from the White House in nineteen eighty-eight. And George H. W. Bush spoke from a school in Washington in nineteen ninety-one.
But many conservatives criticized plans for the speech. Some called it “socialized education” or federal interference in local schools. Others feared it would be too political. Some schools decided not to show the speech. But the White House released the text on Monday, and that calmed a lot of critics.
60. According to the passage, we know that Obama ______.
A. gave a national broadcast speech to make students stay in school
B. wanted the students to learn more in school
C. suggested that students should take more social responsibilities
D. set a goal for the number of the students in colleges
61. The underlined sentence “There’s no excuse for talking back to your teacher” means ______.
A. you can’t answer your teacher in a rude way
B. you can often talk with your teacher
C. you needn’t talk with your teacher
D. you mustn’t interrupt your teacher when he or she is talking
62. How many American presidents are mentioned in the passage?
A. One. 　　　B. Two. 　　　C. Three. 　　　D. Four.
63. We can infer from the passage that ______.
A. all Americans are not for Obama’s plans for the speech to students
B. America has had the world’s highest percentage of college graduates
C. the students in America lack personal responsibilities
D. all think Obama’s plans for the speech to students too political
（C）
Many Americans are turning to Japan, they think,
a country of high academic achievement and economic
success, for possible answers．However, the answers
provided by Japanese preschools are not the ones
Americans expected to find. In most Japanese preschools, surprisingly little emphasis (强调) is put on academic instruction. In one survey, 300 Japanese and 210 American preschool teachers, child development specialists, and parents were asked about various aspects of early childhood education．Only 2 percent of the Japanese respondents （调查对象） listed “to give children a good start academically” as one of their top three reasons for a society to have preschools．In contrast, over half the American respondents chose this as one of their top three choices. To prepare children for successful careers in first grade and beyond, Japanese preschools do not teach reading, writing and mathematics, but rather skills such as determination, concentration and the ability to work as a member of a group．The huge majority of young Japanese children are taught to read at home by their parents．
Like in America, there is diversity (多样性) in Japanese early childhood education. Some Japanese kindergartens have specific aims, such as early musical training or potential development．In large cities, some kindergartens are attached to universities that have elementary and secondary schools．Some Japanese parents believe that if their young children attend a university-based program, it will increase the children’s chances of eventually being admitted to top-rated（一流的）schools and universities．Several more progressive programs have introduced free play as a way out for stress and anxiety in some Japanese kindergartens.
64. We learn from the first paragraph that many Americans believe ______.
A. Japanese parents pay less attention to their children than American parents
B. Japan’s economic success is a result of its scientific achievements
C. Japanese preschool education emphasizes academic instruction
D. Japan’s higher education is superior to theirs
65. In Japan’s preschool education, the focus is on ______.
A. preparing children academically
B. developing children’s interest in art
C. developing children’s study
D. shaping children’s character
66. Free play has been introduced in some Japanese kindergartens in order to ______.
A. broaden children’s knowledge
B. train children’s creativity
C. make school life easy for children
D. enrich children’s experience
（D）
Many years ago my student asked me the question, “Mrs. Kindred, why do you teach? ” Without taking time to reflect, I answered, “Because someday I do night and day something that might make a difference in someone’s life. ” Even though I was sincere, that wasn’t a very good answer and my student didn’t let it slide.
“Let me get it clear, ” he said, “You went to college for four years so you could come here every day because you have the hope that someday you might say something that will influence someone? ” He shook his head as if I were crazy and walked away looking confused. I’m one of those people who look back and wish they had said something smart or witty(风趣的).
Even though that particular student might no longer wonder why I teach, there are days when I wonder. On those days, I remind myself of the real reasons I teach:
It’s in my blood. My mother was my most influential teacher, and she was a 6th grade reading teacher until her death in 1990. She instilled(灌输) in me the love of reading and the knowledge that education opens doors.
Teaching is a way to make a difference. If you throw a stone in a pond the small waves go on and on until they reach the shore. You can’t have waves without a “stone”. Good teachers throw stones that make a positive difference, and that’s what I try to do.
I genuinely love teenagers. I want to share with others what I know and what I have learned through the years. Life is full of ups and downs, and I can help students avoid some potholes(坑) on the road of life. I want to do so. If they’ll allow me to celebrate their victories with them, I want to do it, too.
Teaching isn’t for everyone, but I know I made the right career choice.
67. Why did the student continue to ask the question about the writer’s being a teacher?
A. Because he thought her answer was unbelievable.
B. Because the writer was not honest.
C. Because the student was naughty.
D. Because the answer was difficult to understand.
68. According to the passage, which of the following is NOT true?
A. The writer’s mother had the greatest influence on her.
B. The writer’s answer made the student confused.
C. In the writer’s opinion, some people in the world are unfit to teach.
D. The writer annoyed the student who asked the question.
69. We can infer from the text that ______.
A. the writer is also a good teacher in school
B. the writer often plays with her students beside a pond
C. the writer devotes herself to teaching and her students
D. the writer often accompanies the students on their way home
70. What’s the main idea of the text?
A. A student’s silly question.
B. A good teacher who likes students.
C. A confused student.
D. The reason why I teach.
第二节(共5小题；每小题2分，满分10分)
　　根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余选项。
Ten Ways to Avoid the Flu
●Get a flu shot, particularly if you are 50 or over. In addition, consider a flu shot if you are in regular contact with many people, especially if you live in a dormitory or work in an open-plan office, where hundreds of people are coughing and sneezing in a common area.
● 71 One recent study found that families whose children in daycare were immunized（免疫的） had 42% fewer infections with fever than those whose children weren’t immunized.
●Wash your hands frequently and thoroughly. A quick washing won’t do the trick. 72
●Keep your hands away from your face to reduce the chance of delivering viruses directly to your eyes or nose. 73
●Make certain you’re getting vitamin E and other complex vitamins and minerals including A, C and B. These have properties（特性）that improve the immune response. 74
●Don’t smoke. Smoking stops the hair like cells in the nose and airways from sweeping incoming viruses away before they can infect people.
●Use paper handkerchiefs, not cloth handkerchiefs to reduce the spread of infection.
●Reduce stress. Research has shown that immune responses are weakened by stress.
●Get seven to nine hours of sleep a night. Lack of sleep can reduce your immune response.
● 75 Longtime heavy drinkers suffer from more colds and flu than others do, and even regular moderate use of alcohol can weaken the immune response.
A. Children who are in a large family are easy to get flu.
B. To kill germs, experts recommend washing with soap for 15 to 30 seconds.
C. One study found that people typically touched their faces fifteen times in an hour.
D. Many people are used to touching their faces when the flu is spreading.
E. Discuss with your doctor whether to immunize（使免疫）your children in daycare.
F. Studies on older mice have shown that those with reduced levels of vitamin E are more likely to be infected.
G. Reduce alcohol consumption(消费量).
第二卷
第四部分 写作（共两节，满分35分）
第一节 短文改错（共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分）
假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文，请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共有10处语言错误，每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。
增加：在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧)，并在其下面写出该加的词。
删除：把多余的词用斜线( )划掉。
修改：在错的词下划一横线，并在该词下面写出修改后的词。
注意：1. 每处错误及其修改均仅限一词；
2. 只允许修改10处，多者（从第11处起）不计分。
Dear James,
I’d like to tell you anything about our sports meet. It was holding on Oct. 10th, that was a fine day. There were over 2, 000 students and teachers attend it. Yu Le, a student from my class won the 100-meter race. He finishes the race in 12. 6 seconds and broke in the school record. The sports meet was real success. That was because we were all trying to do my best. Although I was not one of the winners，I was proud of that we had done.
I am looking forward to receive your letter.
Yours,
Li Hua
第二节 书面表达（满分25分）
三年的高中即将结束。请你以“I will remember my school life forever”为题，为英语校刊投稿。开头及结尾已为你写好。
注意：文章应包括下面四幅图的内容。
词数：100左右。
I will remember my school life forever
The three-year high school life will come to an end but it’s hard to say goodbye to my school, teachers and friends, because I have an unforgettable time here.
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
In a word, everything here will be in my heart forever.
【备选题】
Ⅰ. 任务型阅读（陕西）（共5小题；每小题2分，满分10分）
根据短文内容，从下框的A~F选项中选出能概括每一段主题的最佳选项。选项中有一项为多余项。
A. The real aim of time management
B. The advantage of taking control of time
C. How to answer the question
D. Make good use of time and make it your friend
E. Human internal clock
F. Some timepieces that can help you know the time
　　1.
What time is it？ Most people are pretty accurate in their answer. And if you don’t know for sure, it’s very likely that you can find out. There may be a watch on your wrist; there may be a clock on the wall, desk or computer screen; or maybe you’re riding in a car that has a clock in the dashboard (仪表板) .
　　2.
Even if you don’t have a timepiece of some sort nearby, your body keeps its own beat. Humans have an internal clock that regulates (调节) the beating of our heart, the pace of our breathing, the discharge (排出) of chemicals within our bloodstream and many other bodily functions.
　　3.
Time is something from which we can’t escape. Even if we ignore it, it’s still going by, ticking away, second by second, minute by minute, hour by hour. So the main issue in using your time well is, “Who’s in charge？” We can allow time to slip by and let it be our enemy. Or we can take control of it and make it our ally.
　　4.
By taking control of how you spend your time, you’ll increase your chances of becoming a more successful student. Perhaps more importantly, the better you are at managing the time you devote to your studies, the more time you will have to spend on your outside interests.
　　5.
The aim of time management is not to schedule every moment so we become slaves of a timetable that governs every waking moment of the day. Instead, the aim is to permit us to make informed choices as to how we use our time. Rather than letting the day go by, largely without our awareness, what we are going to discuss next can make us better able to control time for our own purposes.
Ⅱ. 情景对话（陕西）（共5小题；每小题1分，满分5分）
根据对话情景和内容，从对话后所给的选项中选出能填入每一空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两个为多余选项。
— 1
—No, I’m not. I am interested in some scarves(围巾).
—All our scarves are in this section. 2 . It’s made of silk.
—Mm, it looks nice, but I like to have something warm for the winter.
— 3 How about this one?
— I think that is what I want. How much is it?
— It’s 75 dollars.
— It’s a little bit expensive. Do you think it is possible to get a discount(折扣)?
—Since you like it so much, how about a 10% discount? 4
—That’s good. 5
—Sure. Is there anything else I can get for you?
—No, that should be it. Thank you!
A. Maybe you would like a heavy wool scarf.
B. Can I help you?
C. Hi, are you being helped?
D. That’s the best I can offer.
E. Could you wrap（包）it for me?
F. What do you think of this one here?
G. What else do you like?
答案解析
21.【解析】选D。考查强调句型“it is/was+被强调部分+that/who+其他”与定语从句。句意：多年的辛劳使他成为了一名成功的商人，他的亲戚都以他为骄傲。此处被强调部分是years of hard work。who his relatives are proud of是非限制性定语从句，修饰前面的a successful businessman。
独具【方法技巧】
带有定语从句的强调句型
在强调句型中经常插入定语从句，使得句子复杂化，所以遇到这样的问题时，要注意分析句子结构。例如：
① It was from only a few supplies that she had bought in the village that the hostess cooked such a nice dinner.
就是用在村子里买到的很少的东西，女主人做出了这样一顿可口的晚餐。句中被强调部分为from only a few supplies，其后的that she had bought in the village是定语从句修饰supplies。
②It was in the hotel where he stayed that he was found dead.
是在他住的旅馆里，他被发现死了。句中被强调成分是in the hotel，其后又跟了一个定语从句where he stayed，修饰前面的hotel。
由以上两句可以看出，在遇到类似情况时，要注意分析句子成分，理解句意，这样才会有的放矢。
22.【解析】选B。考查交际用语。句意：——你知道，我不擅长唱歌。——来吧！只是为了玩。No problem！没问题；Come on！用于鼓励、催促，表示“赶快，加油等”；What a pity！多么遗憾啊；Cheer up！（使）变得更高兴，使振奋起来。
23.【解析】选C。句意：在你的处境中，我可能也会做同样的事情。sb. /sth. +be+ likely to do sth. 某人或某物可能做某事。
24.【解析】选A。句意：不知道谁提供给这些孩子食物和衣服。根据句意可知选A。干扰项是B。whoever表示“无论谁”，不含有疑问含义。
独具【举一反三】
________ sells blood illegally shall be sentenced and fined.
A. Who B. Whoever
C. Which D. Whichever
【解析】选B。句意：非法卖血的应被判刑并处罚金。who谁；whoever无论谁；which哪一个；whichever无论哪一个。
25.【解析】选C。句意：在落基山滑雪时我们玩得多么开心啊！have fun玩得开心；what fun多么有趣！其中fun是不可数名词，前面不加不定冠词。
26.【解析】选C。考查动词辨析。句意：——六点在我们学校门口怎么样？——正合我的心意。fit（大小、尺寸）适合；satisfy满足，使满意；suit（尤指衣服、发型等）适合（某人），对（某人）方便，合（某人）的心意；agree同意。
27.【解析】选C。句意：还有很多问题有待解决。此处remaining to be settled相当于which/that remain to be settled。remain表示“有待于”时，后面要跟动词不定式。
独具【举一反三】
In April, thousands of holidaymakers remained ________ abroad due to the volcanic ash cloud.
A. sticking B. stuck
C. to be stuck D. to have stuck
【解析】选B。句意：在四月，由于火山灰云，成千上万的游客滞留在国外。此处remain表示“仍然是”，相当于be动词。be stuck in被困在。
28.【解析】选B。句意：那个被认为很诚实的学生被发现在考试中作弊。此处considered to be honest相当于who was considered to be honest。be considered to do sth. 被认为做某事。
29.【解析】选C。句意：很遗憾在你有困难时，我们不能帮助你。it + be + a great pity that表示“很遗憾”，是固定句型。
30.【解析】选B。考查形容词辨析。句意：我在你这个年龄时，如果我不准时到家，我就会受惩罚并且没有饭吃。practical实际的, 实用性的；punctual准时的；polite有礼貌的；particular特别的，挑剔的。
31.【解析】选A。考查固定短语。句意：家庭生活教育在抚养孩子方面继续起到很重要的作用。play an important part起到很重要的作用；have difficulty有困难；pay attention注意；have fun玩得开心。
32.【解析】选B。考查动词短语。句意：情况总是这样，老年人喜欢回顾过去美好的时光。look after照顾；look back at回顾，回忆；take after与……相像，追赶，跟踪；take care of照顾。
33.【解析】选C。考查名词辨析。句意：在那个地区，女士穿着很长的白礼服结婚是惯例。habit（个人的）习惯；hobby（个人的）爱好；routine惯例，例行公事；route路线。
34.【解析】选B。as far as I’m concerned 就我而言。句意：就我而言，我更满意于其他的安排。
35.【解析】选B。根据从句的句意“因为它涉及的是当前最热门的话题——南非的足球”，可判断这个电视节目是“吸引人的”，故选B项。disappointing令人失望的; energetic精力充沛的；accurate准确的，均与题意不符。
36.【解析】选D。根据上一句可知此处指教授鼓励我去旅行。
37.【解析】选A。build up one’s knowledge积累知识。
38.【解析】选A。根据上下文可知作者同意教授说的话，所以选A。
39.【解析】选B。根据本段的最后一句以及第三段可知作者是在食品公司。
40.【解析】选C。sights在此处指“名胜古迹”。
41.【解析】选D。作者提到自己喜欢旅行，此处应指在网上的旅行，且是商业之旅。
42.【解析】选A。根据下文可知作者在网上也得到了很多有关食品的信息。
43.【解析】选B。句意：因此，当我正开始觉得真正的旅行不必要时，这时我碰巧在网上读到一位著名的厨师的评论。开始认为真正的旅行不再必要了。no longer不再。
44.【解析】选C。此处指不能同时享受美食和周围的气氛。
45.【解析】选B。根据这位厨师说的话可知此处指意大利的饭菜。dish一道菜。
46.【解析】选C。根据文章可知，此处指第一段中提到的教授的建议。
47.【解析】选D。句意：随着科技的进步，你不进行真正的旅行也行。advance前进，进步。
48.【解析】选B。此处指错过可以在旅行中得到的各种乐趣。
49.【解析】选A。根据下面的内容可知，一些人避开与他人直接的交流。avoid避开。
50.【解析】选B。根据下文可知此处指与他人谈话。所以选B。
51.【解析】选C。根据上下文可知作者认为这样的人避开直接的交流，就像有一堵看不见的墙包围着他们。所以选C。be surrounded by被……包围。
52.【解析】选D。句意：他们好像失去了与其他人见面交谈的机会。
53.【解析】选A。根据本段的内容可知，作者在谈论与人如何交流的问题。故选A。
54.【解析】选C。作者认为不要让科技减少我们面对面交流的时间。
55.【解析】选A。句意：让我们更明智地利用信息技术，在体验真实的世界中得到快乐。wisely明智地。
56.【解析】选D。细节理解题。根据第三段的The homecoming is celebrated each fall, usually on a weekend. . . 可知在秋天庆祝homecoming（同学会）。
57.【解析】选C。推理判断题。根据第四段的It can also be a time of anxiety, as 　boys have to work up the courage to ask a date to the prom, and girls hope the right boy invites them. 可知，这是一个令人焦虑的时刻，是因为男孩要鼓起勇气约女孩参加舞会，而女孩希望自己心仪的男孩邀请自己。
58.【解析】选A。推理判断题。根据第一段可知，各种各样的学校举办的活动可以培养学生的兴趣，使学生热爱他们的学校。故选A。
59.【解析】选C。词义猜测题。句意：有一天会是“Inside Out/Backwards Day”在这个活动中，所有的老师和学生都应该一整天反穿衣服、倒着走、反着说话，甚至按相反的顺序进教室。根据句意以及Inside Out/Backwards Day，可知选C。reverse v. 颠倒, 翻转，使反向，使倒退，adj. 颠倒的，反向的，反面的。
60.【解析】选A。细节理解题。根据第二段的第一句可知，奥巴马给学生做了一个关于继续在学校求学的演讲。由此可知，选A。
61.【解析】选A。句意理解题。句意：没有理由与你的老师顶嘴。talk back顶嘴。由此可知，选A。
62.【解析】选C。细节理解题。文章中提到了奥巴马、里根和乔治·布什。所以选C。
63.【解析】选A。推理判断题。根据最后一段可知，不是所有的美国人都支持奥巴马对学生的这个演讲。所以选A。
64.【解析】选C。细节理解题。根据第一段的However, the answers provided by Japanese preschools are not the ones Americans expected to find. In most Japanese preschools, surprisingly little emphasis is put on academic instruction. 可知，美国人认为日本学前教育重视学业，但事实并不是那样。由此可知选C。
65.【解析】选D。细节理解题。根据第一段的. . . Japanese preschools do not teach reading, writing and mathematics, but rather skills such as determination, concentration and the ability to work as a member of a group．可知，日本的学前教育注重培养学生的性格。故选D。
66.【解析】选C。细节理解题。根据文章最后一句可知，让孩子在幼儿园自由地玩的目的是减轻孩子在幼儿园的压力和紧张。故选C。
67.【解析】选A。细节理解题。根据第二段的He shook his head as if I were crazy and walked away looking confused. 可知，他不相信作者的话。所以选A。
68.【解析】选D。细节理解题。根据第四段可知A项正确；根据第二段的He shook his head as if I were crazy and walked away looking confused. 可知B项正确；根据最后一段可知C项正确。文章未提及D项的意思。故选D。
69.【解析】选C。推理判断题。根据第六段可知，作者热爱教育，热爱学生。故选C。
70.【解析】选D。主旨大意题。作者主要讲了自己热爱教育、热爱学生的原因。故选D。
71. 【解析】选E。根据空后面的句子中的daycare与immunized可知此处应选E。
72. 【解析】选B。根据这一条建议中的第一句可知此处应与洗手有关，所以选B。
73. 【解析】选C。根据这一条中的第一句中的Keep your hands away from your face可知选C。
74. 【解析】选F。此条建议中提到了维生素，所以应选F。
75. 【解析】选G。根据空后面的heavy drinkers suffer from more colds and flu以及regular moderate use of alcohol can weaken immune response可知选G。
短文改错
Dear James,
I’d like to tell you anything about our sports meet. It was holding on Oct. 10th,
something held
that was a fine day. There were over 2, 000 students and teachers attend it. Yu
which attending
Le, a student from my class won the 100-meter race. He finishes the race in 12. 6
finished
seconds and broke in the school record. The sports meet was ∧ real success. That
a
was because we were all trying to do my best. Although I was not one of the
our
winners，I was proud of that we had done.
what
　　I am looking forward to receive your letter.
　　　receiving
Yours,
Li Hua
1. 【解析】第一句中的anything改为something。anything常放在疑问句、否定句或if引导的条件状语从句中。something常放在肯定句中。
2. 【解析】第二句中的holding改为held。因为此处主语it与hold之间是被动关系，所以要用被动语态。
3. 【解析】第二句中的that改为which。此处是一个非限制性定语从句，which在从句中作主语。that不能引导非限制性定语从句。
4. 【解析】第三句中的attend改为attending。此处attending it相当于who attended it作定语修饰students and teachers。
5. 【解析】第五句中的finishes改为finished。根据上下文可知此处要用一般过去时。
6. 【解析】第五句中的第二个in去掉。break the school record表示“打破学校纪录”，break在此短语中是及物动词，不需要在其后加介词。
7. 【解析】在第六句中的real前面加a。因为此处的success是抽象名词具体化，表示“一次真正的成功”。
8. 【解析】第七句中的my改为our。因为根据句子可以看出此处表示“我们尽力”。
9. 【解析】第八句中的that改为what。因为此处是what引导的一个宾语从句，且what在从句中作done的宾语。that虽然可以引导宾语从句，但在从句中不作成分。
10. 【解析】第九句中的receive改为receiving。因为look forward to中的to是介词，所以其后要跟v. -ing形式。
书面表达
I will remember my school life forever
The three-year high school life will come to an end but it’s hard to say goodbye to my school, teachers and friends, because I have an unforgettable time here.
My school is beautiful with trees, modern buildings and a large playground. The school flag at the gate greets me every morning，making me feel great．
I also enjoy attending classes，listening attentively to the teachers or having discussions with my classmates. Teachers in our school are not only experienced and knowledgeable but also patient and understanding. Whenever I have problems with my study or life, my teachers are always ready to lend a hand.
We also have colorful sports activities at school. In addition to P. E. classes，we have more choices like playing basketball, soccer，table tennis and so on.
In a word, everything here will be in my heart forever.
【备选题】
Ⅰ.1. 【解析】选F。本段主要讲了我们可以利用各种有时间的仪表知道时间。
2. 【解析】选E。本段主要讲了人体内的生物钟。
3. 【解析】选D。本段主要讲了我们要利用时间，并对时间加以控制，使它成为我们的朋友。
4. 【解析】选B。本段主要讲了控制时间的好处。
5. 【解析】选A。本段主要讲了控制时间的真正目的。
Ⅱ.　答案：1~5. CFADE
2013最新版高中英语精练精析：Module3《Literature》Grammar（外研版选修7）
Ⅰ. 单项填空
1. Never again ________ the American taxpayer be held hostage（人质） by a bank that is “too big to fail”.
[2012福州高二检测]
A. does B. did C. is D. will
2. ________，the student worked hard to achieve his dream.
A. As he was slow B. Slow as he was
C. Being slow as he D. Slow was he as
3. Only after he had spent several nights working on the math problem________ to wonder whether the problem was wrongly set.
[2012上海高二检测]
A. that he began B. did he begin
C. then he began D. so that he began
4. ________ entered the classroom ________ the bell rang.
[2012唐山高二检测]
A. We hardly had; before
B. Hardly had we; when
C. Hardly had we; than
D. Hardly did we; when
5. So attractive ________ that some visitors even didn’t want to leave.
A. was the small village B. did the small village
C. the small village was D. the small village did
6. It is only when the disease has progressed to AIDS ________.
[2012福州高二检测]
A. does a person begin to look sick
B. that a person begins to look sick
C. a person begins to look sick
D. that does a person begin to look sick
7. Could you tell me ________ that prevents her being as happy as before?
A. it is how B. it is what
C. how it is D. what it is
8. Not until joy comes after sorrow ________ a really happy life.
A. did we live B. will we live
C. we lived D. we will live
9. I was too busy to watch the film last night．________ time，I would have gone to watch it．
A．Had I
B．Had I had
C．If I have
D．If I would have
10. Was it six years ago，when he came to China for the first time，________ he began to learn Chinese?
[2012哈尔滨高二检测]
A. where B. how C. which D. that
Ⅱ. 句型转换
1. She didn’t go to bed until her daughter came back. （先转换成倒装句再转换成强调句）
→_________________________________________________________________
→_________________________________________________________________
2. You can pass the test only if you are hard-working. （先转换成倒装句再转换成强调句）
→_________________________________________________________________
→_________________________________________________________________
3. As soon as he heard the news he rushed out. （分别用no sooner. . . than. . . 与hardly. . . when. . . 改写）
→_________________________________________________________________
→_________________________________________________________________
4. He was so ill that we had to send for a doctor. （转换成倒装句）
_________________ that we had to send for a doctor.
5. Although they’re expensive，they last forever and never go out of style. （用as转换）
______________________，they last forever and never go out of style.
Ⅲ. 按要求完成下面的句子
1. 直到吃早饭时我才醒来。
（用倒装句）____________________________________________.
（用强调句）____________________________________________.
2. 如果你参加晚会，我也会参加的。（用部分倒装）
If you take part in the party，___________.
3. 我刚走她就打来了电话。（用no sooner. . . than. . . 倒装句）
____________________________________________.
4. 因为他迟到了，所以被老师批评了。（强调原因）
______________________ he was criticized by the teacher.
5. 是什么使你如此生气？（用强调句的特殊疑问句）
______________________ made you so angry?
6. 在家里他们很少交流。（用部分倒装）
______________________ when at home.
7. 是在一个月前你去了北京吗？（用强调句的一般疑问句）
______________________ you went to Beijing?
8. 医生来了。（用完全倒装）
______________________.
9. 树下躺着一个喝醉酒的人。（用完全倒装）
______________________ a drunk man.
10. 只有用这种方法你才能解决这个问题。（用部分倒装）
______________________ you solve the problem.
答案解析
Ⅰ.1.【解析】选D。考查倒装。句意：美国的纳税人不会被一家“太大以至于不能倒闭”的银行当做人质了。根据句意以及句中的be held可知此处应表示将来。故选D。题干的正常语序是：The American taxpayer will never be held hostage again by a bank that is “too big to fail”. 。
2.【解析】选B。考查as表示“虽然”的用法。句意：虽然这个学生反应慢，但他为了实现梦想而努力学习。as表示“虽然”时，引导的从句要用倒装，即表语/状语/谓语的一部分+as+主语+其他。由此可知选B。
3.【解析】选B。考查倒装。“only +状语从句”位于句首时，主句要用部分倒装。所以选B。
4.【解析】选B。句意：我们一进入教室，铃就响了。Hardly had. . . when. . . 一 ……就……。
5.【解析】选A。在so. . . that. . . 句型中，若so+形容词或副词位于句首，主句要用部分倒装。此处的so attractive was the small village相当于the small village was so attractive。
6.【解析】选B。考查强调句。此处题干是强调句，即It is+ 被强调部分（only when the disease has progressed to AIDS） + that + 句子的其他部分。that后面的部分要用正常语序。故选B。
7.【解析】选D。句意：你能告诉我是什么使她不像以前那样快乐了吗？根据句意可知此处需要用what。另外，what it is that prevents her being as happy as before是强调句的特殊疑问句作tell的宾语，所以要用陈述语序。
8.【解析】选B。not until. . . 位于句首时，句子要用部分倒装。然后根据从句中的谓语动词comes, 可知此处表示将来。故选B。
9.【解析】选B。句意：昨晚我太忙了没有去看电影。如果我有时间，我会去看的。根据句意与句子结构可知，此处是对过去的虚拟，所以要用If I had had time/Had I had time。故选B。
10.【解析】选D。考查强调句的一般疑问句，即Is/Was + it +被强调部分 + that + 句子的其他部分。此处被强调的成分是six years ago，when he came to China for the first time, 其中when he came to China for the first time是非限制性定语从句, 修饰前面的six years ago。
Ⅱ.1. Not until her daughter came back did she go to bed.
It was not until her daughter came back that she went to bed.
2. Only if you are hard-working can you pass the test.
It is only if you are hard-working that you can pass the test.
3. No sooner had he heard the news than he rushed out.
Hardly had he heard the news when he rushed out.
4. So ill was he
5.Expensive as they are
Ⅲ.1. Not until it was time for breakfast did I wake up
It was not until it was time for breakfast that I woke up
2. so will I
3. No sooner had I left than she called
4. It was because he was late that
5. What was it that
6. Seldom do they communicate
7. Was it a month ago that
8. Here comes the doctor
9. Under the tree lies
10. Only in this way can
2013最新版高中英语精练精析：Module3《Literature》Integrating Skills（外研版选修7）
Ⅰ. 单项填空
1. _________ of time and energy have been spent in investigating the murder.
A. A great deal B. A good many
C. Large numbers D. Large amounts
2. If you _________ something，you gain it or achieve it，often after a lot of effort.
A．adopt B．adjust C．adapt D．attain
3. As soon as he saw his daughter back safe，his _________ disappeared.
A. surprise B. concern C. imagination D. curiosity
4. As a saying goes，yesterday is history，tomorrow is a mystery. So _________ the past and hold on to today.
A. run out of B. get rid of
C. let go of D. take the place of
5. In the middle of the river _________.
[2012临沂高二检测]
A. a plastic bag floated B. floated a plastic bag
C. did a plastic bag float D. floating a plastic bag
6. It was quite a _________ part of our town，where there is a lot of violence.
A. tough B. rough C. naughty D. noisy
7. To be honest，I _________ my heart at her death.
A. cut B. hurt C. broke D. damaged
8. —Exercise will _________ your health.
—I can’t agree more. We should take at least two hours’ exercise every day.
A. do harm to B. do good to
C. do damage to D. do nothing to
9. A man who often gives up will never _________ anything.
A. to accomplish B. accomplished
C. be accomplished D. accomplish
10. If you _________ things，you hand them or deliver them to a number of people.
A. distribute B. contribute
C. concentrate D. treat
Ⅱ. 完成句子
1. “放开我! ”他紧张地嚷道。
“_________! ” he screamed nervously.
2. 多吃水果，对你有好处。
Eat more fruit；it will _________.
3. 他离开时她心都碎了。
It __________________ when he left.
4. 在这方面已经做了大量的工作。
_____________________ work has been done about it.

5. 你必须关注你所做的事。
You must __________________ what you are doing. /You must _______________
_____________________.
6. 人们越来越担心手机的安全问题。
There is growing ________________________ the safety of cellphones.
答案解析
Ⅰ.1.【解析】选D。“large amounts of + 不可数名词”作主语时，谓语要用复数形式。A项可以修饰不可数名词，谓语要用单数形式，但此处谓语是复数形式，故排除A。B、C两项只能修饰可数名词复数。
2.【解析】选D。句意：如果你得到某些东西，经常是在努力之后获得的。adopt采纳；adjust适应，调整；adapt适应，改编；attain得到。
3.【解析】选B。句意：他一看到他的女儿安全回来，他的担心就没有了。surprise吃惊; concern关心，担心; imagination想像；curiosity好奇。
4.【解析】选C。句意：俗话说，昨天是历史，明天是未知数。所以放开过去，抓住今天。run out of用完; get rid of除掉；let go of放开; take the place of代替。
5.【解析】选B。表示地点的状语位于句首且主语是名词时，要用完全倒装，即谓语要放在主语的前面。故选B。
6.【解析】选B。句意：这是我们镇上一个犯罪率很高的地方，在那儿有很多的暴力。tough棘手的；rough犯罪率高的，粗鲁的；naughty淘气的; noisy吵闹的。
7.【解析】选C。句意：老实说，听到她死亡的消息，我很伤心。break one’s heart伤心。
8.【解析】选B。根据语境可知，此处表示“运动对健康是有益的”。 do harm to与do damage to对……有害；do good to对……有益；do nothing to对……没有办法。
9.【解析】选D。句意：经常放弃的人永远不会成功。will后面要跟动词原形，并且此处表示主动关系。故选D。
10.【解析】选A。句意：如果你分发东西，你把东西递给或发给许多人。distribute分发，分配；contribute贡献，投稿；concentrate集中注意力；treat 对待，治疗。
Ⅱ.1. Let go of me
2. do you good.
3. broke her heart
4. A large amount of
5. bring your attention to；bring what you are doing to your attention
6. concern about
2013最新版高中英语精练精析：Module3《Literature》Introduction & Reading and Vocabulary（外研版选修7）
Ⅰ. 单词拼写
1. The prize was a just ________（奖赏） for all his hard work.
2. He ________（吊死） himself two hours after arriving at a mental hospital.
3. Before he could run away, she ________（抓住） him by the collar.
4. She always gave him her love and ________（支持）.
5. The missing man’s family is getting increasingly ________（绝望的）.
6. All dishes are ________（端上）with salad.
7. We brought along pieces of old bread and ________（喂） the birds.
8. The most moving ________（场景）in the movie is the death of the couple.
9. The death of their beloved son was a ________（冷酷的） blow.
10. “Keep your voice down, ” I ________（低声地说）.
Ⅱ. 完成句子
1. 他一到罗马就被逮捕了。
________________________ in Rome than he was arrested.
2. 与食品问题有关的人需要严惩。
The people who are connected with food problems need ___________________.
3. 她坐下来喂孩子牛奶。
She sat down to ____________________________.
4. 他们已结婚快四年了，简非常想要一个孩子。
They’d been married nearly four years and Jane was ________________ have a baby.
5. 我惊愕地环视四周。
I looked round ________________.
6. 她低声地说：“警察在那儿。”
“The police are there, ” she said __________________.
7. 孩子们欣喜若狂。
The children are ____________________.
8. 从数千申请人中挑选出她来做那份工作。（用强调句型）
________________________ from thousands of applicants for the job.
Ⅲ. 单项填空
1. —Did Linda see the traffic accident?
—No, no sooner ________ than it happened.
[2012上高高二检测]
A．had she gone B．she had gone
C．has she gone D．she has gone
2. Coca-Cola, in which much sugar ________，is not part of a ________ diet.
[2012绍兴高二检测]
A. contained; health
B. is found; healthy
C. finding; well
D. containing; nutritious
3. On the wall of his office ________ the paintings of early French artists.
[2012上海高二检测]
A. hanged B. are hanging
C. hang D. are hanged
4. There will be more than five proposals which need ________ at the meeting.
A. having been discussed B. discussing
C. being discussed D. discussed
5. Though the enemy attacked the bridge again and again, the soldiers ________ it for three more days.
A. put up with B. caught up with
C. held on to D. jumped on to
6. Let’s ________ the bad potatoes from the basket.
A. pick up B. pick out
C. put up D. put out
7. In a ________ attempt to escape, the prisoners killed the guard.
A. demanding B. separate
C. desperate D. slight
8. The waiter ________ them both with salad and white wine.
A. gave
B. offered
C. saved
D. served
9. I know absolutely nothing about ________ a baby. Can you tell me what they mainly ________?
A. feeding; feed B. feed; feed on
C. feeding; feed on D. feed; feed
10. ________ for good behavior can be successful in teaching children.
A. Rewards B. Relief
C. Remains D. Reaction
11. He decided to ________ the opportunity and ask her to marry him.
A. hold B. seize C. take D. carry
12. The American public stopped ________ the war in Libya because they loved peace.
A. to support B. to supply
C. supporting D. supplying
13. “Behave yourself, Tom! They are coming. ”Mother said to Tom ________.
A. in whisper B. in a whisper
C. in silence D. in a silence
答案解析
Ⅰ.1. reward 2. hanged 3. seized 4. support 5. desperate
6. served 7. fed 8. scene 9. cruel 10. whispered
Ⅱ.1. No sooner had he arrived
2. to be punished severely/punishing severely
3. feed the baby on milk
4. desperate to
5. in astonishment
6. in a low voice
7. wild with joy
8. It was she that/who was picked out[
Ⅲ.1.【解析】选A。no sooner. . . than. . . 一……就……。no sooner位于句首时，要用部分倒装，并且放在主语之前的助动词是had。
2.【解析】选B。句意：被发现含有大量糖的可口可乐不属于健康饮食的一部分。根据句子结构可以看出in which much sugar______是非限制性定语从句修饰Coca-Cola，定语从句中缺少谓语，适合在此处作谓语的只有is found。干扰项是A，若选A，题干应改为Coca-Cola, which contained much sugar，is not part of a healthy diet. 。
3.【解析】选B。句意：在他办公室的墙上挂着早期法国艺术家的画作。根据句意可知表示“挂着”。干扰项是C，hang表示“悬挂”这个动作。
4.【解析】选B。句意：将有多于五个的提议需要在会议上讨论。need discussing = need to be discussed需要被讨论。
5.【解析】选C。句意：尽管敌人一次次地袭击这座桥，但士兵们还是又坚守了三天。put up with忍受；catch up with赶上；hold on to抓住，保留；jump on to跳上。
6.【解析】选B。句意：让我们从篮子中把坏土豆挑出来。pick up拾起，学会； pick out挑选出； put up举起，张贴； put out扑灭。
7.【解析】选C。句意：犯人们在拼命逃跑时，把警卫杀了。demanding要求高的，苛求的；separate分开的，各自的；desperate绝望的，不顾一切的；slight轻微的。
8.【解析】选D。句意：服务员给他们端上色拉和白酒。serve sb. with sth. = serve sth. to sb. 给某人端上（饭菜等）。give/offer sb. sth. =give/offer sth. to sb. 给某人某物；save节约，救。
9.【解析】选C。句意：我对喂养孩子一无所知。你能告诉我他们主要吃什么吗？feed sb. /sth. 喂（养）某人或某物； feed on以……为主食。
10.【解析】选A。句意：奖励孩子好的行为可以很成功地教育孩子。reward酬谢，奖赏；relief欣慰；remains剩余物；reaction反应。
11.【解析】选B。句意：他决定抓住这次机会向她求婚。seize the opportunity/chance抓住机会。
12.【解析】选C。句意：美国公众不再支持美国在利比亚进行的战争了，因为他们热爱和平。stop to do停下来去做某事；stop doing停止正在做的事情。support 支持；supply供应。
13.【解析】选B。考查介词短语用法。句意：“汤姆，规矩点！他们就要来了。”妈妈轻声对汤姆说say sth. in a whisper. 小声说某事，in silence沉默，A、D结构不对，故选B。
2013最新版高中英语精练精析：Module3《Literature》模块质量评估(三)（外研版选修7）
第二部分 英语知识运用（共两节，满分45分）
第一节 单项填空（共15小题；每小题1分，满分15分）
21. —Did you remember to give Tom the book you borrowed from him?
—Yes, no sooner had I seen him ________I gave it to him.
A. while B. than C. suddenly D. once
22. The news that an earthquake would hit our town led to our great ________.
A. safety B. concern
C. content D. excitement
23. Not until I shouted at the top of my voice________ his head．
[2012邯郸高二检测]
A．did he turn
B．he turned
C．didn’t he turn
D．had he turned
24. Only ________ as a volunteer ________how important it is to grasp English.
[2012嘉峪关高二检测]
A. when will I work; I realize
B. when I work; I will realize
C. when I work; will I realize
D. when I will work; will I realize
25. After hours of searching, their patience was ________and they found the lost travelers in a valley.
[2012南安高二检测]
A. committed B. confirmed
C. rewarded D. reflected
26. John was busy writing a composition last night, only ________once in a while to have a drink．
A．to stop B．stopped
C．having stopped D．stopping
27. I need Jim ________the trees, because they need ________in this dry area.
A. to water; watering B. to water; watered
C. water; watering D. waters; watering
28. He ________a big and ripe apple and put it in his bag.
A. turned out B. picked out
C. paid off D. went off
29. When we climbed to the top of the mountain, we had a good ________of the whole city.
[2012绍兴高二检测]
A. scenery B. scene C. view D. sight
30. The officers narrowly escaped ________in the hot battle.
[2012杭州高二检测]
A. have killed B. to kill
C. to be killed D. being killed
31. As we all know, a computer can store ________information.
A. a vast amount of B. a large number of
C. a good many of D. many an
32. “Are you really leaving? ” asked Fred________astonishment.
A. for B. in C. like D. to
33. He talked of his trip to Hong Kong, ________attractive place, in________cheerful voice.
A. a; a B. an; a C. a; the D. an; the
34. If foreign aid dries up，the situation for the rebels in Libya will be________.
A. desperate
B. separate
C. beneficial
D. sensitive
35. —The weather here in summer is so changeable. Please take an umbrella when you go out.
—________.
A. Well, don’t worry B. Well, it just depends
C. Oh, take it easy D. OK, just in case
第二节 完形填空（共20小题；每小题1. 5分，满分30分）
Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland is one of the most loved children’s books of all time, and many adults enjoy it as well. It 36 the story of a young girl named Alice, who follows a rabbit 37 a magical world called Wonderland. She has many 38 which seem to change the rules of reasoning or 39 sense. The 40 of the book comes from its 41 , interesting story, and art work.
Charles later wrote the story down 42 the name of Alice’s Adventures Under Ground and gave it to Alice as a Christmas present. Later, he gave a copy to his friend George MacDonald. George read it to his children and they loved it. George 43 to Charles that he make a book from his 44 . Charles then wrote more parts to the story 45 it was around 35, 000 words. It was first printed in 1866, with art work by John Tenniel, under the name of Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland. The book was a(n) 46 success.
One of its first fans was Queen Victoria. She immediately requested a 47 of all of Lewis Carroll’s works. She was 48 to find that they included many works on 49 . 50 , Charles Dodgson was a highly respected mathematician. This can be seen in many puzzles and plays on 51 that appear in his books and poems.
52 the story was first printed, it has 53 selling up to the present day. It has been 54 into over fifty languages and has had several movies 55 on it. The story is even mentioned in the popular 1999 film The Matrix by the character Morpheus.
36. A. tells B. speaks C. talks D. says
37. A. coming B. entering C. going D. running
38. A. experiments B. expressions C. hardships D. experiences
39. A. ordinary B. normal C. common D. regular
40. A. popularity B. preparation C. opportunity D. opposition
41. A. image B. impression C. imagination D. improvement
42. A. in B. under C. for D. at
43. A. suggested B. said C. lied D. pointed
44. A. novel B. story C. film D. puzzle
45. A. unless B. when C. while D. until
46. A. slow B. low C. immediate D. informal
47. A. correction B. collection C. competition D. connection
48. A. surprised B. disappointed C. upset D. angry
49. A. history B. politics C. geography D. math
50. A. In order B. In fact C. In place D. In conclusion
51. A. addressing B. discussing C. reasoning D. greeting
52. A. Since B. After C. When D. Before
53. A. let B. found C. left D. kept
54. A. translated B. made C. spelled D. written
55. A. put B. taken C. based D. relied
第三部分 阅读理解（共两节，满分40分）
第一节（共15小题；每小题2分，满分30分）
（A）
F. Scott Fitzgerald, born on September 24, 1896, an American
novelist, was once a student of St. Paul Academy, the Newman
School and attended Princeton University for a short while. In
1917 he joined the army and was posted in Alabama, where he met his future wife Zelda Sayre. Then he had to make some money to impress her.
His life with her was full of great happiness, as he wrote in his diary: “My own happiness in the past often approached such joy that I could share it even with the person dearest to me but had to walk it away in quiet streets and take down parts of it in my diary. ”
This Side of Paradise, his first novel, was published in 1920. Encouraged by its success, Fitzgerald began to devote more time to his writing. Then he continued with the novel The Beautiful and Damned (1922), a collection of short stories Tales of the Jazz Age (1922), and a play The Vegetable (1923). But his greatest success was The Great Gatsby, published in 1925, which quickly brought him praise from the literary world. Yet it failed to give him the needed financial security. Then, in 1926, he published another collection of short stories All the Sad Young Men.
However, Fitzgerald’s problems with his wife Zelda affected his writing. During the 1920s, he tried to reorder his life, but failed. By 1930, his wife had her first breakdown and went to a Swiss clinic. During this period, he completed novels Tender Is the Night in 1934 and The Love of the Last Tycoon in 1940. While his wife was in hospital in the United States, he got totally addicted to alcohol. Sheila Graham, his dear friend, helped him fight his alcoholism.
56. How many novels written by Fitzgerald are mentioned in the passage?
A. 5 B. 6 C. 7 D. 8
57. Which of the following is the correct order to describe Fitzgerald’s life according to the passage?
a. He became addicted to drinking.
b. He studied at St. Paul Academy.
c. He published his first novel This Side of Paradise.
d. The Great Gatsby won high praise.
e. He failed to reorder his life.
f. He joined the army and met Zelda.
A. f-c-e-a-b-d B. b-e-a-f-c-d
C. f-d-e-c-b-a D. b-f-c-d-e-a
58. We can infer from the passage that Fitzgerald ________.
A. had made some money when he met Zelda in Alabama
B. was well educated and well off before he served in the army
C. would have completed more works if his wife hadn’t broken down
D. helped his friend get rid of drinking while his wife was in hospital
59. The passage is probably followed by a concluding paragraph about________.
A. Zelda’s personal life
B. Zelda’s illness and treatment
C. Fitzgerald’s friendship with Graham
D. Fitzgerald’s contributions to the literary world
（B）
Of all the famous English writers, probably the best known
is William Shakespeare.
He was born in Stratford-upon-Avon in1564 on April 23rd.
His father was an important man in town so Shakespeare had a
good upbringing. Shakespeare probably went to school (although
no records survive to prove this) but not university. He got married when he was 18 to Anne Hathaway and the couple had 3 children.
Shakespeare wrote 38 plays and 154 sonnets (a sonnet is a kind of poem). He began working in his hometown of Stratford but by 1592, he was writing in London. He became rich enough to buy a house in the capital and one in Stratford. He wrote sad stories called tragedies, like Romeo and Juliet, funny stories or comedies, romantic stories and stories about historical figures such as Julius Caesar.
Shakespeare died on his birthday in 1616, almost 400 years ago. But why is his work still popular today?
His work looked at common human themes, such as betrayal, murder, lust, power, ambition and love. These themes are as much a part of human nature today as they were all those years ago and are the themes we see in modern soap operas and Hollywood films. Even though his theatre, The Globe, was burned down in 1613, it was rebuilt in London in 1997 and you can still see his plays performed there today.
Shakespeare’s influence on the English language can still be felt today. We talk about “fair play”, meaning honest behaviour but this phrase was first used by Shakespeare. He coined the phrase “you can have too much of a good thing”. And it was Shakespeare who came up with the expression to disappear “into thin air” which we still use today when we lose something.
Shakespeare’s works have been translated into every major language in the world. And perhaps we’ll still be as fascinated by his works 400 years from now as we’ve been for almost the last 400.
60. Romeo and Juliet belongs to________.
A. comedies B. tragedies 　C. romantic stories 　　D. historical stories
61. Why is Shakespeare still well received today?
A. Because his plays can always remind you of your good old days.
B. Because his plays reflect common human themes.
C. Because there have been several Hollywood films based on his plays.
D. Because his plays are easy to understand.
62. Which of the following is RIGHT according to the passage?
A. Shakespeare graduated from Oxford University.
B. Shakespeare passed away on April 23rd, 1616.
C. The language in Shakespeare’s original works is still used today.
D. Shakespeare is the most famous writer around the world.
63. We can conclude that Shakespeare ________.
A. made great contributions to the English language
B. was born in a poor family
C. was fond of making money by selling houses
D. created modern soap operas
（C）
A child who has once been pleased with a tale likes, as a rule,
to have it retold in almost the same words, but this should not lead
parents to treat printed fairy stories as formal texts. It is always
much better to tell a story than read it out from a book, and, if a
parent can produce what, in the actual circumstances(情况) of the time and the individual child, is an improvement on the printed text, that’s much better.
A charge made against fairy tales is that they harm the children by frightening them or making them sad thinking. To prove the latter, one would have to show in a controlled experiment that children who had read fairy stories were more often guilty of cruelty than those who had not. As to fears, there are, I think, some cases of children being strongly terrified by some fairy stories. This also arises from the child who has heard the story once. However, familiarity with the story by repetition turns the pain of fear into the pleasure of a fear faced and mastered.
There are also people who are opposed to fairy stories in that they are not true, that giants, witches, two-headed dragons, magic carpets, etc. do not exist; and that, instead of being fond of the strange side in fairy tales, the child should be taught how to adapt to reality by studying history and mechanics. I find such people, I must say so strange that I do not know how to argue with them. If their cases were sound, the world should be full of mad men attempting to fly from New York to Philadelphia on a stick or covering a telephone with kisses in the belief that it was their beloved girlfriend.
No fairy story has ever claimed(声称) to be description of the real world and no clever child has ever believed that it is.
64．The author considered that a fairy story is more effective________ .
A. when a story is repeated without any change
B. when we treat a story as a joke
C. when the parent makes some changes about a story
D. when the story is set in the present time
65．What is the advantage claimed for repeating fairy stories to young children?
A. Making them less fearful.
B. Developing their power of memory.
C. Making them believe there is nothing to be afraid of.
D. Encouraging them not to have strange beliefs.
66．According to the last paragraph, we can know ________.
A. fairy stories are still being made up
B. there are some misunderstandings about fairy tales
C. people try to update old fairy stories
D. there is more concern for children’s fears nowadays
67. According to the passage, what’s the writer’s attitude towards fairy stories?
A. Supportive.
B. Objective.
C. Neutral.
D. Critic.
（D）
Here are brief introductions to some popular novels.
WATCHERS 　Two mutants（突异变种）, both changed
from the animals they once were, escape and no one who
encounters them will ever be the same again. A lonely widower,
a ruthless assassin, a beautiful woman and a government agent
are drawn together in a deadly hunt. All four are cruelly propelled（推进） towards a fight with an evil beyond human imagining.
THE MASK　 She had appeared out of nowhere in front of
Carol’s car. She was a teenager with no past and no memory.
Carol and Paul were instantly drawn to her, and they called her
Jane—she was the daughter they never had. But then the
questions began. Where had Jane come from? Who was the
girl behind the mask?
THE FUNHOUSE　 Young Ellen ran away, joined a carnival,
married a man she grew to hate and gave birth to a child so ugly
that she killed it. Years later she has a new husband and two
children, Amy and Joey, but the time has come for Amy and Joey
to pay for her sins（罪恶） as Amy is pregnant and the carnival
is back in town.
LOVE STORY He is Oliver Barrett IV, a rich jockery from a
stuffy Wasp family on his way to a Harvard degree and a career in
law. She is Jenny Cavilleri, a wisecracking working-class beauty
studying music at Radcliffe. They are opposites in nearly every
way. But they fall in love. This is their story.
68. Which novel is about a fierce fight between justice and evil?
A. WATCHERS B. THE MASK
C. THE FUNHOUSE D. LOVE STORY
69. In the novel WATCHERS, two mutants_________.
A. were once animals
B. transform everything they meet
C. hunt for beautiful women
D. kill a lot of people
70. The underlined sentence in the brief introduction to the novel LOVE STORY means _________.
A. they are the same in every way
B. they are quite different from each other in most aspects
C. they have a lot in common
D. they are attracted by each other
第二节(共5小题；每小题2分，满分10分)
根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余选项。
Nodira, 18, lives in the Tashkent region of Uzbekistan. She was born with a rare disease and is now paralyzed(瘫痪) from the waist down. 71 Her hopes for the future include attending university, riding in her father’s car and being able to walk like other children.
Nodira, which means “unique” in Uzbek, is one of five children in a poor family. Every morning, after reciting her prayers, Nodira feeds the hens and goats from her wheelchair. 72
Nodira has never been to school because it is too far from her home and inaccessible for her wheelchair. A local teacher used to come and tutor her at home and, as a result, she was able to finish third grade. 73
74 The stigma(羞辱) attached to the children living with disabilities, combined with the lack of wheelchair access to schools and the economic difficulties faced by many Uzbek families, have led many parents to place children with disabilities in special institutions.
75 Still, it is unlikely that she will be able to finish her primary education, much less attend university. While missing out on an education is a great disappointment to Nodira, her greatest wish, for a true friend, can still come true. “What I want more than anything is a friend who also has a disability, ” she says. “Somebody will not feel sorry for me or make fun of me, and will understand what my life is like. ”
A. These days, Nodira does homework exercises at home and reads as much as she can.
B．Her life is confined to a wheelchair but her dreams know no such boundaries.
C．Despite the many difficulties in Nodira’s life, she is lucky to be living with her family.
D. Her family can’t help her a lot.
E. Her life is so boring that she sometimes loses heart.
F. After that, her parents moved to another town and the tutor could not visit as much.
G. The rest of her day is spent knitting for other people and helping her mother with the household chores.
第二卷
第四部分 写作（共两节，满分35分）
第一节 短文改错（共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分）
假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文，请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共有10处语言错误，每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。
增加：在缺词处加一个漏字符号（∧），并在其下面写出该加的词。
删除：把多余的词用斜线（）划掉。
修改：在错的词下划一横线，并在该词下面写出修改后的词。
注意：1. 每处错误及其修改均仅限一词。
2. 只允许修改10处，多者（从第11处起）不计分。
During the Spring Festival，my parents and some of my relatives give me some gift money．What should I do with the money？I had desired to buy a pair of Nike sports shoe．I had also wanted have an MP4 player of my own．With the gift money I could afford that I wanted to buy．However， I soon gave in the idea because I knew I was still a student at school. Besides，my parents always lived a simply life．Their money was not easily earned. Think of this，I decided to open a savings account at a bank the following day．From now on， I’ll do both ends meet like a student financially supported by my parents. I am sure my dream will be come true one day with the money through my hard work.
第二节 书面表达（满分25分）
［2011沈阳高二检测］
你看过动画片《飞屋环游记》吗？请根据下面的内容介绍一下该动画片，并写出你对该片的评论。字数要求：100词左右。
片名：《飞屋环游记》 （UP）
导演： 彼得·道格特 （Peter Doctor）
上映时间：2010年6月29日，北美洲
剧情简介：影片主要讲述了一老（Carl）一小（Russell）的冒险旅程。喜欢冒险的卡尔(Carl)年轻时遇到艾丽(Ellie)，相同的爱好最终使两人结婚。他们梦想有朝一日去南美洲的“仙境瀑布(Paradise Falls)”探险，但直到艾丽去世，这个梦想也未能实现。艾丽去世后，卡尔用气球拽着他们的房子飞上了天空，他要去实现他们未曾实现的梦想，意外的是小罗(Russell)也搭上了他的飞屋。在飞行中，他们经历了千难万险后终于看到了传说中的“仙境瀑布”。
你的评论：……
]
提示词语：动画片an animated film
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
【备选题】
Ⅰ. 任务型阅读（陕西）（共5小题；每小题2分，满分10分）
根据短文内容，从下框的A~F选项中选出能概括每一段主题的最佳选项。选项中有一项为多余项。
A. A computer without using electricity was invented.
B. We should think of better ways to give them a hand.
C. We can help developing countries by recycling old mobile phones.
D. This kind of computer will help developing countries in the long term.
E. What’s the best way to help developing countries?
F. The differences between this kind of computer and normal ones.
1.
When we think about giving help to developing countries, we often think about giving money so that these countries can build schools and hospitals, buy food and medicine, or find clean water supplies. These seem to be the most important basic needs of the people we are trying to help. However, it’s far from enough. Ladies and gentlemen, we’ve got to come up with some better ideas to help them.
2.
I was very surprised, then, when I read about a plan to make cheap laptop computers for children in developing countries. A man called Nicholas Negroponte invented a kind of cheap laptop computer, which can run without electricity. He decided to invent this computer after he visited a school in Cambodia.
3.
The laptop which Mr. Negroponte has designed is a little different from the normal laptop computers you can buy in the shops. One difference is that it is covered in rubber so that it is very strong and won’t be damaged easily. As an electricity supply can be a problem in developing countries, the computer also has a special handle so that children can wind the computer up to give it extra power when needed.
4.
These special laptop computers will cost less than 100 US dollars and Mr. Negroponte wants to build as many as 15 million machines in the first year of production. The idea is that these computers will help the children’s education as they will be able to access the Internet. These computers might not help the people in developing countries immediately, but by improving children’s education they should help people to find their own solutions to their problems in the long term.
5.
Another idea to help children in developing countries is to recycle old mobile phones so that they can be used again. In the UK, and, probably in many other countries too, millions of mobile phones are thrown away every year. The waste created by throwing away these old phones is very bad for the environment, so it seems to be an excellent idea to recycle them. In this way, we will be able to achieve two important goals at the same time. We will reduce the waste we produce and help others. In other words, we will be able to “kill two birds with one stone”, and that is always a good thing.
Ⅱ. 情景对话（陕西）（共5小题；每小题1分，满分5分）
根据对话情景和内容，从对话后所给的选项中选出能填入每一空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两个为多余选项。
Sandy is at home. She is now calling Lisa, her classmate.
Sandy: Hi, Lisa. Have you finished helping your grandpa?
Lisa: I finished cleaning the study just now, but I haven’t cleaned his bedroom yet.
1
Sandy: I know what you mean. 2 Do you think it’ll be finished soon?
Lisa: It should be done in about an hour.
Sandy: 3
Lisa: I did my English homework last night. 4 I don’t understand it.
Sandy: Me neither. 5 We can help each other work it out.
Lisa: OK. Then we can go and play badminton.
Sandy: Great. See you in the afternoon.
A. I don’t like math at all.
B. But I haven’t started my math yet.
C. Housework is tiring, and I’m tired.
D. What do you think we should do then?
E. Why don’t we do it together this afternoon?
F. Have you looked at Monday’s homework yet?
G. I also hate doing the cleaning around the house.
答案解析
21. 【解析】选B。句意：——你记得还给汤姆你从他那儿借的书了吗？——是的，我一见到他，就给他了。no sooner. . . than. . . 一……就……。
22. 【解析】选B。句意：地震要袭击我们城市的消息使我们很担心。safety安全；concern担心；content内容；excitement激动，兴奋。
23. 【解析】选A。not until位于句首时，句子要用部分倒装，即把助动词放在主语的前面。因为not已经在句首，所以谓语部分不用加not，故排除C项。另外，根据句意可知turn这一动作发生在shouted之后，所以要用一般过去时。故选A。
24. 【解析】选C。“only+状语从句”位于句首时，状语从句部分不用倒装，但主句要用部分倒装，即把助动词放在主语的前面。另外，根据句子结构可以看出，主句表示将来，用一般将来时，状语从句中的时态通常要用一般现在时。故选C。
25. 【解析】选C。句意：数小时的搜寻后，他们的耐心得到了回报，他们终于在山谷中找到了失踪的游客。commit犯（错误）；confirm证实；reward酬谢，报答；reflect反映。
26. 【解析】选D。句意：昨晚约翰忙于写作文，只是偶尔停下来喝点东西。根据句意可知此处v. -ing形式表示伴随。
独具【方法技巧】 在做此题时，有些同学一看到only就想到老师讲过的only to do的结构，但是他们没考虑only to do表示什么意思以及具体语境的意思，所以误选A。这说明做题时要分析语境。此处only doing表示伴随，强调在忙于写作的同时，还有偶尔的一个同时发生的动作。only to do只表示意外的结果。如：
He hurried to the airport to see his girlfriend off, only to find that her flight had left. 他匆忙地去机场为女朋友送行，结果却发现她的飞机已起飞了。（only to find表示意外的结果）
He walked on hurriedly, only looking back at his dog to make sure it was following him. 他匆忙地向前走，只是偶尔回头看看他的狗，确定它在跟着他。（only looking back at作伴随状语）
27. 【解析】选A。句意：我需要吉姆浇这些树，因为在这个干旱的地区它们需要浇水。need sb. to do sth. 需要某人做某事；need doing=need to be done表示“某人或某物需要被……”。
28. 【解析】选B。句意：他挑了一个又大又熟的苹果放进了他的包内。turn out生产，结果是；pick out挑选出；pay off还清；go off离开。
29. 【解析】选C。句意：当我们爬到山顶时，我们饱览了整个城市的风景。scenery 风景的总称，是不可数名词；scene （戏剧、电影等中的）一幕，场景（实际或想像中的）事发地点；view（从远处或高处看到的）风景；sight视力，风景名胜。
独具【举一反三】
Photographs of the crime ________began to arrive within twenty minutes.
A. scenery B. scene C. view D. sight
【解析】选B。句意：犯罪现场的图片二十分钟内就到了。scene在此处表示“事发现场”。
30. 【解析】选D。escape后面接v. -ing形式，且此处kill与其逻辑主语the officers之间是被动关系，所以用being killed。
31. 【解析】选A。information是不可数名词，所以此处需要用修饰不可数名词的短语。四个选项中只有A可以修饰不可数名词。B、C两项修饰可数名词复数，D项后面跟可数名词单数。
32. 【解析】选B。句意：“你真的要离开吗？”弗莱德惊奇地问道。in astonishment吃惊地。
33. 【解析】选B。attractive的音标是以元音开头，所以其前面加an，in a. . . voice用……的声音说。
34. 【解析】选A。句意：倘若外援枯竭，形势对利比亚的反政府军来说将极为严重。desperate绝望的，不顾一切的；separate单独的；beneficial有利的；sensitive敏感的。
35. 【解析】选D。句意：——这儿夏天的天气是多变的。出去时带把伞。——好吧。以防万一。don’t worry不用担心；it just depends视情况而定；take it easy不要紧张；just in case以防万一。
36.【解析】选A。tell the story of讲述……的故事。
37.【解析】选B。此处指进入一个神奇的世界。enter=come/go/run into。
38.【解析】选D。此处指“她有很多的经历”。 experiment实验；expression表情；hardship困苦；experience经历。
39.【解析】选C。common sense常识。ordinary普通的；normal正常的；regular定期的，有规律的。
40. 【解析】选A。句意：这本书的流行源于它丰富的想像，以及一些有趣的故事和艺术作品。popularity流行；preparation准备；opportunity机会；opposition反对，反抗。
41. 【解析】选C。根据上下文或常识可知，这本书中充满了想像。image形象；impression印象；imagination想像；improvement改善，提高。
42. 【解析】选B。under the name of名叫, 以……的名字。另外，根据本段的It was first printed in 1866, with art work by John Tenniel, under the name of Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland. 也可知。
43.【解析】选A。根据从句中谓语动词make可知选A。suggest表示“建议”时，其后面的宾语从句的谓语要用（should） do的形式。其他三个选项没有此用法。
44.【解析】选B。根据上下文可知，此处指把这个故事写成一本书。
45.【解析】选D。句意：查尔斯又给这个故事添加了一些内容，直到它有了大约35 000个词。until直到；unless除非；when当……时; while当……时，尽管。
46.【解析】选C。根据上下文可知，这本书迅速获得成功。故选C。
47.【解析】选B。句意：她马上要求得到查尔斯的作品选集。collection在此处指“选集，合集”。correction正确；competition竞争；connection联系。
48. 【解析】选A。根据上下文或常识可以推断出，当一个读者看到一本文学作品中有数学知识时应感到吃惊。
49. 【解析】选D。根据下一句Charles Dodgson was a highly respected mathematician. 可知此处选D。
50. 【解析】选B。句意：事实上，查尔斯是一位受人尊敬的数学家。
51. 【解析】选C。reason推理，评理。句意：这一点能在他的书和诗中的关于推理的难题和游戏中看到。
52. 【解析】选A。根据主句中谓语的时态可知，此处表示“自从这本书第一次出版以来”。
53. 【解析】选D。直到今天依然在销售。keep doing一直做。
54. 【解析】选A。句意：这本书被翻译成了五十多种语言。
55. 【解析】选C。put on穿上，上演；take on雇用，呈现；be based on根据；rely on依靠。此处表示“根据这个故事也拍了几部电影”。
56. 【解析】选A。细节理解题。第三段提到了三部小说，最后一段提到两部小说，所以选A。
57. 【解析】选D。细节理解题。根据事实定位的方法可知，第一段中的Once a student of St. Paul Academy是第一件事，最后一段的he got totally addicted to alcohol是最后一件事。这样可知答案为D。
58. 【解析】选C。推理判断题。根据最后一段的第一句可知，如果不是他妻子生病，他可能会完成更多的作品，故C项正确。
59. 【解析】选D。推理判断题。这篇文章是人物传记，故结尾的一段应总结他对文学的贡献。所以选D。
60. 【解析】选B。细节理解题。根据第三段的He wrote sad stories called tragedies, like Romeo and Juliet可知。
61. 【解析】选B。细节理解题。根据第四段的But why is his work still popular today? 可知，第五段对此问题做出回答，所以根据第五段的内容推断出，莎士比亚的剧作透视了人性的主题，并且此主题仍是现在人性的主要的一部分。故选B。
62. 【解析】选B。细节理解题。根据第四段的Shakespeare died on his birthday in 1616. . . 可知莎士比亚出生与死亡的日期是同一天，然后由第二段He was born in Stratford-upon-Avon in 1564 on April 23rd. 可推知选B。
63. 【解析】选A。推理判断题。根据第六段的Shakespeare’s influence on the English language can still be felt today. 以及上下文可知，莎士比亚对英语语言做出了巨大贡献。
64．【解析】选C。推理判断题。根据第一段的内容可知，作者认为如果父母给孩子讲童话故事时，只是读原文，孩子可能会不是很感兴趣，但如果父母结合时间或具体的情况，加入一些内容，孩子就会很喜欢。由此可知选C。
65． 【解析】选A。细节理解题。根据第二段的familiarity with the story by repetition turns the pain of fear into the pleasure of a fear faced and mastered. 可知，经常给孩子讲这个故事，他就不会害怕。故选A。
66．【解析】选B。推理判断题。在最后一段中，作者提到有些人反对童话故事，因为它们的不真实性，因为里面有很多的巨人、女巫、两个头的龙、魔毯等。由此可知，这些人对童话有误解。故选B。
67. 【解析】选A。推理判断题。根据文章可知，作者是赞成童话故事的，所以选A。
68. 【解析】选A。推理判断题。WATCHERS主要讲述了两个突异变种把他们遇到的人都变异，所以四个正义人士开始与其展开激烈的斗争。由此可知选A。
69. 【解析】选A。细节理解题。根据对小说WATCHERS的简介可知，这两个突异变种原来是动物。故选A。
70. 【解析】选B。句意理解题。句意：几乎在每个方面他们都是不一样的。 opposite相反的人（物）。
71. 【解析】选B。根据空前后的内容可知，Nodira患了脑瘫，不得不在轮椅上待着，但她还是充满梦想。由此可知选B。
72. 【解析】选G。空前面提到的每天上午她做的事情，所以此处指在一天其他的时间她做什么。故选G。
73. 【解析】选F。空前面提到a local teacher到她的家中帮助她学习，所以此处应选F。
74. 【解析】选C。空后面的句子提到这些残疾孩子的父母把他们送到专门的院校学习。由此可知此处指虽然他们残疾，但他们的父母仍然关爱他们。故选C。
75. 【解析】选A。最后一段提到了Nodira目前接受的教育。故选A。
短文改错
During the Spring Festival，my parents and some of my relatives give me some
gave
gift money．What should I do with the money？I had desired to buy a pair of Nike sports shoe．I had also wanted∧have an MP4 player of my own．With the gift
shoes to
money I could afford that I wanted to buy．However， I soon gave in the idea
what up
because I knew I was still a student at school. Besides，my parents always lived a simply life．Their money was not easily earned. Think of this，I decided to open a
simple Thinking
savings account at a bank the following day．From now on， I’ll do both ends meet
make
like a student financially supported by my parents. I am sure my dream will be come
as
true one day with the money through my hard work.
1. 【解析】把第一句中的give改为gave。根据下文可知此处讲述的是过去的事情，所以要用一般过去时。
2. 【解析】把第三句中的shoe改为shoes。此处表示一双耐克运动鞋，所以要用复数形式。
3. 【解析】在第四句的wanted后面加to。因为此处是want to do sth. 的结构。
4. 【解析】把第五句中的that改为what。what I wanted to buy表示“我想买的东西”，what不仅引导这个宾语从句，而且在从句中作buy的宾语；that引导宾语从句时，在从句中不作成分，只是一个连词。
5. 【解析】把第六句中的in改为up。因为此处表示“放弃这个想法”。give up放弃；give in让步，屈服。
6. 【解析】把第七句中的simply改为simple。因为此处缺少形容词修饰后面的名词life。
7. 【解析】把第九句中的Think改为Thinking。因为此处thinking of this相当于一个时间状语从句when I thought of this。think这个动作就是主语发出的，所以用v. -ing形式。
8. 【解析】把第十句中的do改为make。make both ends meet是固定短语，表示“使收支相抵”。
9. 【解析】把第十句中的like改为as。此处表示“作为一名经济上接受父母供应的学生”，as作介词时，表示“作为”。like作介词时，表示“像”。
10. 【解析】把第十一句中的be去掉。因为come true不能用于被动语态。
书面表达
UP is an animated film directed by Peter Doctor, released on June 29, 2010 in North America. The movie centers on the adventures of an old man called Carl and a boy called Russell. Carl and Ellie got married because both dreamed of going to Paradise Falls one day. However, they didn’t make it before Ellie died. So Carl decided to fly to South America in their house carried by lots of balloons. To Carl’s surprise, Russell was flying with him. They overcame great difficulties before finally reaching Paradise Falls.
In conclusion, UP is well worth seeing. It makes us reflect on our life and our dreams.
【备选题】
Ⅰ. 1．【解析】选B。根据第一段的内容可知，作者认为我们可以找到更好的方法帮助发展中国家。故选B。
2. 【解析】选A。这一段主要告诉我们Nicholas Negroponte发明了一种不用电的电脑。由此可知选A。
3. 【解析】选F。这一段主要讲了这种电脑与普通电脑的不同。故选F。
4. 【解析】选D。这一段主要讲了这种电脑从长远来说对发展中国家是有帮助的。故选D。。
5. 【解析】选C。最后一段告诉我们通过回收利用旧手机帮助发展中国家。故选C。
Ⅱ. 答案：1~5. CGFBE
2013最新版高中英语精练精析：Module4《Music Born in America》Grammar（外研版选修7）
Ⅰ. 单项填空
1. ______, we had to go home on foot. And we were unconscious of how long it was ______ we arrived home.
A. There being no bus; before
B. We couldn’t find a bus; until
C. There was no bus; when
D. There no bus; since
2. —Are there any English story books for us students in the library?
—There are only a few, ______.
A. if any
B. if some
C. if have
D. if has
3. Tom was crossing the street ______ his attention was caught by a pretty girl.
A. when B. while C. as if D. even if
4. —The war is very likely to break out in the near future.
— I ______, if the situation goes as it is.
A. hope so B. hope not
C. am afraid not D. am afraid so
5. —Did you remember to give Mary the money you owed to her?
—Yes, I gave it to her ______ I saw her.
A. while B. immediately
C. suddenly D. once
6. Not until I began to work ______ how much time I had wasted.
A. did I realize B. had I realized
C. I realized D. I didn’t realize
7. John suggested that the source of all water ______.
A. examined B. was examined
C. be examined D. had examined
8. ______ it not been for the free ticket, I would not have gone to the cinema.
A. Were B. Should C. If D. Had
9. He had finished his lunch ______ a familiar voice came to his ears.
A. why B. where C. when D. while
10. —Do you want to go with us on holiday?
—______, but I have something important to do.
A. I’d like B. I’d like to go
C. I’d like to be D. I’d like to
Ⅱ. 句型转换（每空一词）
1. When it is possible, come to visit us.
=______ ______, come to visit us.
2. I have to take a course though I don’t want to take a course.
=I have to take a course though I don’t want ______.
3. She was honest but she was poor.
=She was honest but ______.
4. I was sleeping and at this time there was a knock on the door.
=I was sleeping ______ there was a knock on the door.
5. How beautiful it is!
=______ ______!
6. As soon as he came home, he told me the news.
=____________ he came home, he told me the news.
7. He didn’t go to bed until his father came back.
=______ ______ his father came back ______ he go to bed.
8. Don’t refer to the dictionary when you come upon a new word every time.
=Don’t refer to the dictionary ______ ______ you come upon a new word.
Ⅲ. 完成句子
1. 随着时间的推移，我们对自己周围的事物有了更好的理解。
______________________, we have a better understanding of things around us.
2. 这件上衣比那件好，但这件是那件价格的两倍。
This coat is better than that one, ________________________________________.
3. 自格林先生三年前来到中国，他就在那所学校教书。
Mr. Green has taught in that school __________________________________.
4. 我到校时，已经开始上课了。
__________________________________, the class had already begun.
5. 她来的时候我会告诉她让她等你的。
______________________, I shall tell her to wait for you.
答案解析
Ⅰ.1.【解析】选A。句意：由于没有公共汽车，我们不得不步行回家。我们不知道多长时间才能到家。根据句子结构可知第一空白处不应填句子，可排除B、C项；根据句意 “……才”可知用连词before。since也可以引导时间状语从句，但其意为“自从”，与句意不符合。
2.【解析】选A。句意：——在图书馆里有可以让我们学生读的英语故事书吗？——如果有的话，也不多。题空处句子原为：if there are any English story books in the library；为了使句子更加简单，可以把状语从句省略成if any。在条件状语从句中或否定句中常用any表示“一些”。
3.【解析】选A。句意：汤姆正在过马路，这时他被一个漂亮的女孩吸引住了。when表示“正在这时……”时常和be doing / be about to do / had done在一起使用，故答案为A项。
4.【解析】选D。句意：——在不久的将来可能要爆发战争。——如果形势照这样发展下去，恐怕是这样的。hope 和be afraid都可以对上文的内容进行简单回答，如果上文是肯定的内容可用I hope / am afraid so；如果是否定的内容则用I hope / am afraid not。根据句意可知选D。
5.【解析】选B。根据句意“我一看见她就给她了。”可知应填入引导时间状语的连词，suddenly是副词，不引导句子；while引导的时间状语从句的动作必须是延续性的；once一旦，与句意不符合；immediately可作副词，也可作连词，相当于as soon as。
6.【解析】选A。句意：直到开始工作时我才意识到我浪费了多少时光。not until位于句首时，主句要使用部分倒装结构，可排除C、D项; 再根据until从句中的时态可知要用过去时，故选A项。
7.【解析】选C。在suggest表示“建议”的宾语从句中要使用“should + 动词原形”，而且should常可以省略。根据句意“约翰建议所有的水源都应该检查。”可知选C项。
8.【解析】选D。句意：要不是因为有免费的票的话，我不会去看电影。根据主句谓语的结构would have done可知此句用了与过去事实相反的虚拟语气，从句中用had done形式。在虚拟条件中省略连词if，条件状语从句要使用部分倒装，故选D项。
9.【解析】选C。句意：他刚吃完午饭就听到一个熟悉的声音。“had done. . . when . . . 刚……就……”是固定用法，此处when意为“正在这时”。
10.【解析】选D。句意: ——你愿意和我们去度假吗？——我很愿意去，但是我有一些重要的事情要做。I’d like to 是I’d like to go with you的简略回答，为了避免重复可以省略重复的部分，但是要保留不定式符号to，故选D项。
Ⅱ.1. When； possible 2. to 3. poor 4. when
5. How；beautiful 6. Immediately 7. Not；until；did 8. every; time
Ⅲ.1. As time goes by
2. but it costs twice as much (as that one)
3. since he came to China three years ago
4. By the time I got to school
5. When she comes
2013最新版高中英语精练精析：Module4《Music Born in America》Integrating Skills（外研版选修7）
Ⅰ. 单项填空
1. ________ the secret of nature, the young scientist has little time for entertainment．
[2012南京高二检测]
A. Devoted to bring up
B. Devoted himself to bring up
C. Devoted to bringing up
D. Devoting to bring up
2. I regret not having taken your advice. Otherwise I ________ this mistake.
[2012延边高二检测]
A. didn’t make B. had made
C. hadn’t made D. wouldn’t have made
3. You must quit ________. Most important of all, you should start taking exercise.
A. to smoke B. smoke
C. smoking D. being smoking
4. The latest issue of the magazine will ________ next Monday.
A. come up B. come out
C. come across D. come over
5. On ________ Internet, there is such a discussion about how we live in ________ harmony with nature.
A. /; the B. the; / C. an; the D. /; /
6. A completely new situation will ________ when the examination system comes into existence.
[2012扬州高二检测]
A. arise B. rise C. raise D. arouse
7. —Mom must have been very pleased with what we did yesterday, didn’t she?
—________ it! She got rather angry, in fact!
A. Instead of B. In spite of
C. Rather than D. Far from
8. Lately some scientists are experimenting ________ white mice to ________ this kind of medicine.
A. on; try on B. with; test on
C. on; try out D. with; carry out
9. The voters’ ________ was that the capital penalty(处罚) should not be abolished.
A. agreement B. consent
C. consensus D. accordance
10. We tried ________ to persuade him not to smoke, and he continued to smoke when we were not at home.
A. in vain B. in fact
C. in vanity D. in particular
Ⅱ. 完成句子
1. 请给我五分钟时间把房间整理好。
Please give me five minutes to ________________.
2. 我们一定要和社会的快速发展齐头并进。
We must ________________ the rapid development of society.
3. 保佑我们的国家永远享有和平和繁荣。
May our country always ________________ peace and prosperity.
4. 顺便问一下，我面试的时候怎样才能给老板留下个好印象？
By the way, how can I ________________ him/her when the boss gives me an interview?
5. 过了很久我们才弄清事实。
________________ we made sure of the truth.
6. UN是联合国的缩写。
UN ________________ the United Nations.
答案解析
Ⅰ.1.【解析】选C。句意：致力于揭示自然的秘密，这位年轻的科学家无暇娱乐。be devoted to致力于，to为介词；此处为过去分词短语作原因状语。
独具【举一反三】
The research he devoted all his time and energy to ________ in the end.
[2012福州高二检测]
A. succeeded B. succeed
C. succeeding D. be successful
【解析】选A。句意：他投入所有时间和精力的那项研究最终成功了。根据句意可知he devoted all his time and energy to在句中作定语修饰主语the research，可知主句缺少谓语动词，故选A项。
独具【方法技巧】过去分词作状语
过去分词作状语，可以表示时间、原因、条件、让步、方式或伴随情况等。
1. 过去分词作状语表示被动和完成的动作。
Written in a hurry, this article was not so good. (written既表示被动，也表完成)
因为写得匆忙，这篇文章不是很好。
2. 过去分词作状语时其逻辑主语为主句的主语，此时应注意人称一致。
Given another hour, I can work out this problem.
再给我一个小时，我能解出这道题。（given为过去分词作状语，它的逻辑主语为主句主语I, 即I被再给一小时。）
3. 过去分词作状语的位置：过去分词可放在主句前作句首状语，后面用逗号与主句隔开；也可放在主句后面，前面用逗号与主句隔开。
Dressed in a white uniform, he looks more like a cook than a doctor.
他穿上白色的制服看起来更像厨师，而不是医生。
She entered the room, accompanied by her mother.
她由妈妈陪着进入房间。
2.【解析】选D。句意：我后悔没有听从你的建议，否则的话我就不会犯这样的错误了。根据句意可知otherwise后句子的内容是与过去相反的虚拟语气，故选D项。
3.【解析】选C。句意：你必须停止吸烟，更重要的是，你应该开始锻炼身体。quit doing sth. 停止做某事。
4.【解析】选B。句意：最新版的杂志将会在下周一出版。come up被提出；come out出版，出来；come across偶然遇到；come over向……走来。
5.【解析】选B。句意：在因特网上有一个关于我们如何与自然和谐相处的讨论。the Internet表特指；in harmony with是固定短语，表示“与……和睦相处，一致”。
6.【解析】选A。句意：当考试体系建立的时候，将会产生一个全新的形势。arise出现，产生；rise上升；raise提高，抚养；arouse激起，唤起。
7.【解析】选D。句意：——妈妈一定为我们昨天所做的事感到高兴，是不是？——远不是这样，事实上她非常生气。instead of代替；in spite of尽管； rather than而不是；far from远不是，远非。根据句意答案应选D。
8.【解析】选C。句意：最近，一些科学家在用白鼠做实验检验这种药物。 experiment on. . . 在……上做实验。try out实验，试用。try on试穿；carry out执行，实施。
9.【解析】选C。句意：选民们一致同意不应该废除经济处罚。agreement赞成，同意，协议；consent 同意，允许；consensus共同意见，一致看法；accordance一致。根据句意可知选C项。
10.【解析】选A。句意：我们想说服他戒烟，没成功。当我们不在家时他继续吸烟。in vain徒劳，枉然；in fact事实上；in vanity自负地；in particular特别，尤其。
Ⅱ.1 put the room in order
2. keep pace with
3. be blessed with
4. make a good impression on
5. It was a long time before
6. is short for
2013最新版高中英语精练精析：Module4《Music Born in America》Introduction & Reading and Vocabulary（外研版选修7）
Ⅰ. 单词拼写
1. Many high schools adjusted their teaching ________(方法) and cancelled their department systems.
2. The recent ________(下降) in the dollar has put a bigger pressure on the economic pressure.
3. New problems ________(出现) as they discussed further.
4. The artist combined different ________(技巧) in the same painting.
5. We have considered the problem from every ________ (方面).
6. We have seen many ________ (复杂的，高级的) modern weapons in the museum.
Ⅱ. 选词填空
side by side, be bored with, rather than, consist of, experiment with, the moment, in decline, take advantage of
1. The children ________ eating the same kind of box lunch every day.
2. We had better ________________ the warmer weather by going for a walk this afternoon.
3. Even though they have been living ________ for twenty years, the neighbors are not very friendly to each other.
4. I would prefer to spend the weekend at home ________ drive all the way to the outside of the city.
5. A table tennis match shall ________ the best of three games or the best of five games．
6. If you will ________ the material, you must take the consequences.
7. Industry in Britain has been ________ since the 1970s.
8. They went wild with joy ________ they heard the news.
Ⅲ. 单项填空
She was so proud a person that she would die ________ admit she was wrong.
[2012大连高二检测]
A. rather than B. until
C. after D. before
2. ________ I visited South Lake in Tangshan, I was deeply impressed with its beautiful scenery.
[2012石家庄高二检测]
A. At the first time B. First time when
C. For the first time D. The first time
3. —I think the book is ________ and of no use to us students.
—But I think it is well worth________.
A. boring; reading
B. boring; being read
C. bored; reading
D. bored; to be read
4. The news shocked the world, ________ to great concern about their own country’s students’ safety.
A. having led B. led
C. leading D. to lead
5. Riding bikes has advantages ________ driving cars ________ many aspects.
A. above; in B. over; in
C. on; on D. with; on
6. At the meeting they discussed three different ________ to the study of physics.
[2012兖州高二检测]
A. means B. ways
C. methods D. approaches
7. As we all know, water ________ hydrogen and oxygen.
A. makes up B. composes
C. consists of D. consists in
8. An ambulance must have priority as it usually has to deal with some kinds of ________.
A. crisis B. urgency
C. emergency D. emergence
9. In only 30 years, the country has been ________ into an advanced industrial power. [
A. translated B. transported
C. declined D. transformed
10. —We’d better hurry, or we’ll be late.
—________? Do you really want to listen to the boring lecture?
A. For what B. What if
C. If what D. So what
答案解析
Ⅰ.1. approaches 2. decline 3. emerged
4. techniques 5. aspect 6. sophisticated
Ⅱ.1. are bored with 2. take advantage of 3. side by side
4. rather than 5. consist of 6. experiment with
7. in decline 8. the moment
Ⅲ.1.【解析】选A。句意：她是一个如此自负的人，宁死也不会承认错误。“would . . . rather than. . . 宁愿……而不愿……”是一个固定结构。
2.【解析】选D。句意：第一次游览唐山的南湖，我就深深地被它的美景吸引了。the first time是名词短语充当连词引导时间状语从句。for the first time第一次，是介词短语，不能引导状语从句。
3.【解析】选A。句意：——我认为这本书令人厌烦，对我们学生没用。——但是我认为它很值得一读。boring 令人感到厌烦的；be worth doing值得做……，主动形式表示被动意义。故选A项。
4.【解析】选C。句意：这个消息震惊了世界，引起了各国对他们自己国家的学生的安全的高度关注。根据句意可知句子的主语是动作lead to的逻辑主语，故用v. -ing形式在句中作结果状语。
5.【解析】选B。have advantages over比……有优势，是固定搭配；in many aspects在很多方面。
6.【解析】选D。句意：他们在会议上谈论了三种学习物理的方法。 means / method 和介词of连用；way和不定式或介词of连用；只有approach和介词to连用。
7.【解析】选C。若A、B改为is made up of和is composed of则为正确选项。consist in“在于，存在于”；consist of“由……组成”符合题意，故选C。
8.【解析】选C。考查名词词义辨析。crisis危机；urgency紧急，紧迫；emergency紧急情况，突发事件；emergence出现，浮现。
9.【解析】选D。句意：仅仅在30年里，这个国家已经转变成了一个先进的工业强国。transform转变；translate翻译；transport交通，运输；decline下降，婉拒
10.【解析】选D。句意：——我们最好快点否则就会迟到的。——那又怎么样呢？你真的想去听令人厌烦的讲座吗？根据答语的第二句可知答话人对这个讲座是不在乎的，故选so what? 意为“那又怎么样呢？”；what if？意为“倘若……会……”。
2013最新版高中英语精练精析：Module4《Music Born in America》模块质量评估(四)（外研版选修7）
第二部分 英语知识运用（共两节，满分45分）
第一节 单项填空（共15小题；每小题1分，满分15分）
21. The University of Tokyo is the oldest university in Japan and has always been in the lead when it________facing new challenges.
[2012徐州高二检测]
A. comes to B. refers to
C. applies to D. appeals to
22. ________I was in trouble, he would come to help me out.
[2012抚顺高二检测]
A. Next time B. The first time
C. All the time D. Every time
23. —I haven’t seen film star Sally for a long time.
—She ________the stage because she gave birth to a baby last year.
A. resigned B. retired
C. quit D. abandoned
24. Although some unexpected difficulties have________in the process, we are confident that we can handle them.
A. risen B. raised C. arisen D. aroused
25. Please remember to put the books________before leaving the room.
A. in the place B. in the order
C. in order D. in need
26. At a very young age, Professor Field used to ________children’s books.
A. devote to translating
B. devote himself to translate
C. be devoted to translate
D. be devoted to translating
27. Recently people have made great progress in using________power of nature to produce________electricity.
A. a; the B. /; / C. the; / D. a; an
28. In disasters, the rescue work________three parts, of which saving people’s lives is the most important one.
A. makes up of B. consists of
C. links to D. divides into
29. It took a great deal of courage to admit that all his efforts had been________.
A. in danger B. in turn
C. in return D. in vain
30. I felt________the speech he gave us, for it was too long.
A. boring with B. tired from
C. exhausting with D. bored with
31. ________there is less and less coal and oil, scientists are exploring new ways of making use of alternative energy, such as sunlight, wind and water for power and fuel.
A. As B. Since C. With D. If
32. He always________the mistakes made by his rivals.
A. took up B. took over
C. took advantage of D. took out
33. Girls are encouraged to pursue high standards in their academic work, develop broad interests, good study skills and an independent________to study.
A. means B. method
C. mind D. approach
34. The website just offered a brief introduction________the whole book for us to read.
A. rather than B. more than
C. other than D. less than
35. As we all know, the problems of environmental pollution facing us today are far from________.
A. solving B. being solved
C. having solved D. solved
第二节 完形填空（共20小题；每小题1. 5分，满分30分）
When I was young, my mother used to tell me stories. I’d like to 36 with you one of my favorites.
Once, there was a young boy. He was very 37 because he couldn’t keep his friends. He asked his father 38 this was so. His father 39 replied, “Son, each time you say or do something that 40 one of your friends, hammer a piece of wood into the 41 .” The curious boy did 42 he was told and soon he made fence(篱笆)out of the wood.
“Father! ” he cried, “I can’t get out! I am blocked by this fence! ”
“Well, son, each time you say something 43 to a friend, you can take one piece of wood out. ”
The boy 44 this, too. On the first day he took out one piece of wood and on the second day he took out 45 two. On the third day he took out 46 more. Finally he had 47 all of the wood. “But Father! ” he cried again, “Look at the 48 in the ground! They are big and dark! Oh, how ugly! ”
“Son, ” his father said, “this is why you aren’t able to 49 your friends. Remember: when you hurt someone’s feeling, no matter what you do to 50 for it, there will always be a scar(伤痕) in his 51 . ”
From that day on, the boy was very 52 of his words and actions and he
53 hurt his friends’ feelings again.
I always keep this story close to my heart. It has 54 me a lot. I am always careful not to hurt any of my friends because they are people that I wouldn’t want to 55 .
36. A. argue B. discuss C. share D. compare
37. A. happy B. upset C. friendly D. frightened
38. A. what B. how C. when D. why
39. A. just B. hardly C. also D. once
40. A. leaves B. pleases C. hurts D. amuses
41. A. wall B. ground C. field D. door
42. A. that B. which C. when D. as
43. A. surprising B. interesting C. nice D. bad
44. A. did B. made C. refused D. said
45. A. other B. another C. the other D. others
46. A. few B. some C. any D. no
47. A. removed B. repeated C. replanted D. recycled
48. A. sand B. dirt C. holes D. sticks
49. A. make B. meet C. keep D. stay
50. A. turn up B. take up C. bring up D. make up
51. A. heart B. face C. neck D. hand
52. A. afraid B. careful C. proud D. fond
53. A. always B. ever C. never D. already
54. A. found B. taught C. lent D. saved
55. A. avoid B. admire C. respect D. lose
第三部分 阅读理解（共两节，满分40分）
第一节（共15小题；每小题2分，满分30分）
（A）
In the age of reality television, success isn’t the only way to the public eye. Failure can also create fame, just like William Hung, 21, a native of Hong Kong.
Hung recently has made an agreement with US-based entertainment firms Koch Records and Fuse Music Network. They will publish a full-length record, titled “The True Idol” on April 6.
The idol is a civil engineering student at the University of California at Berkeley. He did a version（改写本）of Ricky Martin’s “She Bangs”on the television show “American Idol 3”, on January 27. The Fox TV singing contest searches for pop stars among ordinary people. In the case of Hung, however, his act was so bad that the judges cut him off in mid-act.
Hung’s response? “I have already given my best, so I have no regrets at all. ” That’s good, because any common person would have found plenty to regret: the off-key singing; the blue Hawaiian shirt worn with pants pulled up too high; the terrible dancing; the hips jerking（摇摆）to a beat that did not belong to the song, maybe not even to this planet. It was, by all accounts, bad. But, it was this very bad act that sold well.
Marc Juris, president of Fuse, explained it this way: “Every one of us is happily guilty of singing our favorite song at the top of our lungs with complete freedom, completely off-key and completely unworried. That’s what William did and immediately won the hearts of Americans. ”
Whatever it is, for the moment it’s big. Three websites devoted to Hung have gone up on the Internet in the past few weeks. Versions of his performance have been remixed with hip hop and techno music and have made it to the top 10 request list at a Chicago radio station.
So, what does Hung think of this?
“There were all these people saying things about me. A lot were saying I was very courageous and that I was great on the show, but some didn’t have much respect for me and some were kind of mean. ”
Now, he says he’s not so sure whether to distance himself from the glamour（魅力）or to accept it. Returning to normal hasn’t been easy.
56. What is the main idea of this passage?
A. Sometimes an idol behaves quite foolishly.
B. Hung’s performance attracted the public eye.
C. How an unsuccessful person became famous.
D. Success sometimes does not require hard work.
57. Hung was popular in America for all the following reasons EXCEPT ________.
A. his shirt and pants B. his off-key singing
C. his hips jerking D. his excellent version
58. Which of the following shows the correct order of what happened to Hung?
a. The entertainment firms made an agreement with Hung.
b. The judges cut Hung off in mid-act in the singing contest.
c. Hung became popular among Americans.
d. Hung gave a terrible performance though he tried his best.
e. Three websites put Hung’s funny performance on the Internet.
A. d, b, e, c, a B. a, c, d, b, e C. a, d, b, c, e D. d, b, a, e, c
59. Why was Hung able to win the hearts of Americans?
A. His success was based on his own hard work.
B. He attracted people’s attention in the contest.
C. He was good-looking though he didn’t sing well.
D. His character was completely different from other idols.
（B）
The crowd cheered and cheered. The man with the horn
waved and smiled his great, happy smile. “More! More! ”
cried the crowd. And Louis Armstrong took his horn and began
to play again. Here he was in England. Now a famous man, he was rich. He knew many important people. Wherever he went, people knew his name. They wanted to hear his music. As Louis played the sad, slow songs, he thought of his home in New Orleans. He lived there as a boy. How many years ago it was? It was a busy, exciting city. But Louis’ family was very poor. He went to work to help his mother. He also went to school. One of Louis’ teachers asked him to be in the school band. “This horn is yours until you leave our school, ” his teacher said. Louis’ music was jazz and he loved it. He remembered all the music he heard. He didn’t learn to read music until he was a man.
When he left school, he played in many bands. He loved his work and people loved him. They knew he had a wonderful talent. Louis played on the boats that sailed up and down the river. He played in little towns and in big cities. Louis’s horn had as many sounds as ten horns—sometimes slow and sweet; sometimes fast and hot, high and low. His music was always strong and exciting. “He does make wonderful music, ” said the man who listened happily. “Yes, ” said another man, “he makes that horn speak. ”Then the music ended and the crowd cheered. Louis Armstrong spoke with tears in his eyes, “I think, my friends, you can listen to as much jazz as I can play. I thought jazz was my music, but now I understand it is ours. Isn’t it beautiful how music brings us together? ”
60. What music did Armstrong play?
A. Jazz music B. Classical music
C. Rock music D. Pop music
61. When did he learn to read music?
A. When he was less than 14 years old.
B. When he was in the school band.
C. After he became a grown-up.
D. After he went to school.
62. What was Louis Armstrong most famous for?
A. His great happy smile.
B. His sad and slow songs.
C. His wonderful jazz music.
D. His beautiful speech.
63. Which of the following is the best title for this text?
A. Musician B. A Beautiful Horn
C. Sweet Smiles D. The Man withthe Horn
（C）
The booking notes of the play“the Age of Innocence”:
Price: ＄10
BOOKING
There are four easy ways to book seats for performance:
—in person
The Box Office is open from Monday to Saturday, 10 a. m. —8 p. m.
—by telephone
Ring 01324976 to reserve your tickets and pay by credit card（Visa, MasterCard and Amex accepted）
—by post
Simply complete the booking form and return it to Global Theatre Box Office.
—on-line
Complete the on-line booking form at www. Satanfiedtheatre. com
DISCOUNTS:
Saver: ＄2 off any seat booked any time in advance for performances from Monday to Thursday. Savers are available for children up to 16 years old, over 60s and full-time students.
Supersaver: half-price seats are available for people with disabilities and one companion. It is advisable to book in advance. There is a maximum of eight wheelchair spaces available and one wheelchair space will be held until an hour before the show.
Standby: best available seats are on sale for ＄6 from one hour before the performance for people eligible（suitable）for Saver and Supersaver discounts and thirty minutes before for all other customers.
Group Bookings: there is a ten per cent discount for parties of twelve or more.
School: school parties of ten or more can book ＄6 standby tickets in advance and will get every tenth ticket free.
Please note: we are unable to exchange tickets or refund money unless a performance is cancelled due to unforeseen circumstances.
64. According to the notes, who can get ＄2 off?
A. The people who book the tickets on Fridays.
B. An 18-year-old teenager.
C. A 55-year-old woman.
D. A 20-year-old full-time college student.
65. Which of the following is NOTtrue according to the passage?
A. There are only 8 wheelchair spaces in the theatre.
B. A school party of 15 students should pay 90 for the standby tickets.
C. A group of 12 persons can get 10 per cent discount.
D. The audience can’t refund money if the performance is on show.
66. What kind of tickets are the cheapest?
A. The standby tickets for school parties of ten or more.
B. The standby tickets.
C. The tickets for Saver discount.
D. The tickets for group booking.
（D）
When we speak and when we write, we represent ideas
and feelings with words. In painting, ideas and feelings are
presented by paint, color, shape and line, etc. Painting is a
language. There are many different languages in the world.
There are traditional languages of many countries and cultures, and there are special languages of scientists, sports lovers and others. There are just as many styles of painting in the world. In the National Gallery in London there are about 450 pictures, painted at different periods in history and by very different people, so many of these are very different from each other.
We have to learn to understand and to speak a language. In the same way, we have to learn to understand a style of painting before we can begin to appreciate all its qualities and what the artist is trying to say to us. Babies have to learn to see and then learn to understand what they see. Seeing and understanding are not like breathing! They are not instinctive. When blind people have an operation in hospital they have to learn to see. At first everything is just a wild pattern of colors and light. They have to see the information which tells them about how near objects are. They have to learn to associate the shape of cat with what they have previously known through sound, touch and smell. We are learning to see all the time. Someone who is learning to drive a car may see as much as the other road users, but he may not understand what is important. An experienced car driver has learnt to understand what he or she sees.
67. What is the main idea in the first paragraph?
A. There are many pictures in the National Gallery.
B. There are many different languages in the world.
C. Painting isalanguage.
D. Painting and language are different.
68. Before we begin to appreciate a picture, we have to________.
A. learn to understand the way of painting it
B. learn to speak a language
C. learn to see the world
D. learn to paint a picture
69. The underlined word“instinctive” means________.
A. imaginative　　　　　　　 B. natural born
C. important　　　　　　　　D. special
70. Which of the following is NOT true?
A. Seeing is as important as understanding.
B. Babies understand what they see after they learn to see.
C. Before operation the blind people know a cat through sound, touch and smell．
D. An experienced car driver may not understand what is important.
第二节(共5小题；每小题2分，满分10分)
根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余选项。
The Internet has opened up a whole new online world for us to meet, chat and go where we’ve never been before.
But just as in face-to-face communication, there are some rules of behavior that should be followed when on-line. 71 Imagine how you’d feel if you were in the other person’s shoes.
For anything you’re about to send, ask yourself, “Would I say this to the person’s face? ”If the answer is no, rewrite and reread. 72
If Someone in the chat room is rude to you, your instinct(本能) is to fire back in the same manner. But try not to do so. 73 If it is caused by a disagreement with another member, try to fix the situation by politely discussing it. Remember to respect the beliefs and opinions of others in the chat room.
74 Offer advice when asked by newcomers, as they may not be sure what to do or how to communicate. When someone makes a mistake, whether it’s a stupid question or an unnecessarily long answer, be kind to it. If it’s a small mistake, you may not need to say anything. Even if you feel strongly about it, think twice before saying anything. Having good manners yourself doesn’t give you license to correct everyone else. 75
At the same time, if you find you are wrong, be sure to correct yourself and apologize to those who you have offended.
It is not polite to ask others personal questions such as their age, sex and marital status. Unless you know the person very well, and you are both comfortable with sharing personal information, don’t ask such questions.
A. It’s natural that there are some people who speak rudely or make mistakes online.
B. Repeat the process till you feel sure that you’d feel comfortable saying the words to the person’s face.
C. Everyone was new to the network once.
D. The basic rule is simple: treat others in the same way you would want to be treated.
E. When you send short messages to a person online, you must say something beautiful to hear.
F. You should either ignore the person, or use your chat software to block their messages.
G. If you do decide to tell someone about a mistake, point it out politely.
第二卷
第四部分 写作（共两节，满分35分）
第一节 短文改错（共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分）
假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文，请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共有10处语言错误，每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。
增加: 在缺词处加一个漏字符号（∧）, 并在其下面写出该加的词。
删除: 把多余的词用斜线（）划掉。
修改: 在错的词下划一横线, 并在该词下面写出修改后的词。
注意: 1. 每处错误及其修改均仅限一词;
2. 只允许修改10处, 多者(从第11处起)不计分。
It was Monday. Li Ming was the first come to the classroom. When he came into his seat, therefore, he found his bench was broken. Seen there was nobody around, he decided to change it with Wang Gang, and so he did. After a while, Wang Gang came. When he saw a broken bench, he carried it out of the classroom. Li Ming didn’t know how he was going to do. So Li Ming came out of and found that Wang Gang has begun to repair the broken bench. Li Ming’s face turned red. He said with Wang Gang, “Let’s repair them together. ”
第二节 书面表达（满分25分）
你校英文报欲征集有关学习习惯的小短文。请以“My Study Habits”为题，写一篇英语短文。短文应包含以下要点：
1. 概述：学习习惯的重要性。
2. 你的良好的学习习惯：有计划，善思考，勤总结（sum up）；会用工具书，善用机会和资源（resources）；劳逸结合。
3. 好的学习习惯对成功是很重要的。
注意：1. 词数：100左右。
2. 文章必须包括所有要点，行文连贯，词数可适当增减。
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
【备选题】
Ⅰ. 任务型阅读（陕西）（共5小题；每小题2分，满分10分）
根据短文内容，从下框的A~F选项中选出能概括每一段主题的最佳选项。选项中有一项为多余项。
A. Try to visit every school you are considering before applying
B. Off-campus life
C. Don’t let a lack of fund block your search
D. See the campus when it’s alive with activities—warts and all
E. College tour is a good choice
F. Be proactive
1.
It is high school spring break season—and if you are a junior (or an overachieving sophomore), chances are you will spend a chunk of your vacation wandering around college campuses with super-enthusiastic, backwards-walking student tour guides.
“As a parent who recently went through this process, I know how stressful these visits can be for both the student and the parent, ” Taylor said. “But on the flip side, they can be fun and exciting, as well as offer a great learning experience and a time to bond. ”
2.
For students who live far from schools they are interested in, but who may not have the money for personal visits, start by visiting colleges in your area that are similar to your schools of choice. For example, see first-hand how a large, public campus differs from a small, private school.
3.
Too often students will choose a college based on word of mouth or one that looks great on paper. But once they arrive, they immediately know it’s a mistake (or the right one! ). There are many aspects of campus life that you can’t understand until you actually set foot on campus—such as the surrounding areas, the energy of the students and the quality of the facilities. By visiting beforehand, you’ll assure that you apply only to colleges where you’d actually want to spend four years.
4.
To get a true feel for a campus, you should try to experience it on a typical day—when classes are in session and the campus is a buzz with activities. Try not to visit on a weekend or during the school’s spring break, if possible.
5.
Since much of the college experience exists outside classroom walls, students should take note of the school’s immediate neighbourhood and of the available amenities(娱乐场所)in close proximity to the campus—affordable restaurants, museums, movie theatres, concert halls and shopping areas.
Ⅱ. 情景对话（陕西）（共5小题；每小题1分，满分5分）
根据对话情景和内容，从对话后所给的选项中选出能填入每一空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两个为多余选项。
A; Hi. You look excited. 1
B: It is said that a singing contest will be held in our school soon. And I think it is a good chance to exercise my singing talents.
A: 2
B: An MP3 player will be given as a reward to the first prize winner.
A: Are you going to take part in it?
B: Sure. 3
A: Really? But I don’t think you’ve practised enough.
B: I’m going to. I bet I can get the first prize.
A: 4 I think you need to have a music teacher to help you.
B: I don’t think it necessary. 5
A. By the way, are they giving prizes?
B. People say I have a good voice.
C. I don’t know what others say about it.
D. You can do a lot better next time.
E. It’ll turn out fine if I practise a lot.
F. What’s happening?
G. Don’t be so sure.
答案解析
21.【解析】选A。句意：东京大学是日本最古老的大学。一提到面临新的挑战时，东京大学总是处在领先地位。when it comes to. . . 是固定用法，意为“一谈到，一提及”。referto也有“谈到”之意，但不用于此句式；apply to应用于；appeal to吸引，呼吁。
22. 【解析】选D。句意：每一次我有麻烦时，他总是来帮助我。C选项all the time表示“一直”，不能引导时间状语从句，其他三个选项都可以作为连词引导时间状语从句，但A、B不符合句意。
23. 【解析】选C。由答语部分可知Sally因生孩子离开了舞台，quit离开(工作职位、学校等)，离任，退出。resign辞职，用作此意时，同quit，但不能说辞去舞台；retire退休；abandon舍弃，遗弃，均与题意不符。
24. 【解析】选C。句意：尽管过程中出现了一些意想不到的困难，但是我们相信我们能解决。arise出现，产生，为不及物动词，符合句意；rise上升；raise升起，举起；arouse唤醒，鼓励。
25.【解析】选C。put. . . in order意为“把……整理好”。若选A，则应去掉the，in place意为“在适当的位置”。
26. 【解析】选D。句意：年轻的时候，Field教授致力于翻译儿童书籍。used to过去常常，其后接动词原形；be devoted to或devote oneself to都可表示“致力于”，其中的to为介词，故D项正确。
27. 【解析】选C。考查冠词。第一个空特指自然界的power，所以用定冠词；第二个空后的electricity是不可数名词，所以不用冠词。
28. 【解析】选B。句意：在灾难中，营救工作是由三部分组成的，其中最重要的就是营救人们的生命。表示“整体由部分组成”可以有be made up of; be composed of或consist of，选项中只有B项适合。link to联系, 相关联；divide. . . into. . . 把……分成……，与句意不符合。
29. 【解析】选D。in danger处于危险中；in turn反过来；in return作为报答；in vain白费力气，徒劳。根据句意，应该是“承认自己的一切努力全是‘徒劳的’，这对他而言需要有很大的勇气”。
30. 【解析】选D。句意：我厌烦他的讲话，太长了。人作主语，表示所处的状态，应用“-ed”形式，故排除A、C选项。be / feel tired with / from因……感到疲劳，be/ feel bored with厌烦。由题意可知，D项正确。
31. 【解析】选A。句意：随着煤、油越来越少，科学家正在探索利用像阳光、风、水这样的替代性的能源作为动力和燃料的新方法。as随着……，with后应加复合结构。
独具【方法技巧】 as用法小结
1)as 表原因，引导原因状语从句。
As rain has fallen, the air is cooler.
因为下过雨，空气比较清爽。
2)as 引导让步状语从句，从句用倒装语序。
Much as Ilike it, Iwill not buy it.
虽然我很喜欢这东西，但我不会买它。
3) as 表示方式，“按照，如同”。
State the facts as they are.
如实地陈述事实。
4)as作关系代词，引导定语从句。既可以单独使用，又可以与其他词连用。
This is the same book as Iread last week.
这本书和我上周读的那本是一样的。
She is late, as is often the case.
她迟到了，这是经常的事。
32. 【解析】选C。考查动词短语辨析。句意：他总是利用对手的错误。take up从事，占据；take over接管；take advantage of利用；take out拿出，取出。根据句意答案应选C。
33. 【解析】选D。句意：应当鼓励女生追求学术工作的高标准，发展广泛业余爱好，提高学习技能，养成独立的学习方式。approach指学习或研究问题的方法；means手段，方法, 工具；method具体的，系统的方法; mind思想。
34. 【解析】选A。句意：网络仅仅给我们提供了简要的介绍让我们读而不是整本书。rather than而不是；more than多于，不仅仅；other than除了；less than少于。根据句意可知选A项。
35. 【解析】选B。句意：众所周知，我们今天面临的环境污染问题还远远没有得到解决。far from远远不，完全不，后跟名词、形容词或动词的-ing形式。因为主语和solve之间是被动关系，因此用被动语态。
独具【举一反三】
—Are you finishing your task?
—_________. We need no less than three more hours.
A. Far from it　　　　　　　B. Exactly
C. Not a little　　　　　　　D. No wonde
【解析】选A。句意：——你们快完成任务了吗？——差得远呢。我们还需要至少3个小时。far from远非，完全不。not a little非常；no wonder难怪。
36.【解析】选C。根据句意可知应该是把妈妈讲的自己最喜欢的一个故事与大家分享。share with sb. 与某人分享。
37. 【解析】选B。根据后文的原因“他总是不能留住朋友”可知这件事让他很烦恼，upset沮丧的，烦恼的。
38. 【解析】选D。上文说到他留不住朋友使他烦恼，那么他问爸爸的一定是这件事的原因，故用why。
39. 【解析】选A。根据下文父亲的答复可知此处为“父亲是这样回答的”。
40. 【解析】选C。根据下文父亲给他的忠告“Remember: when you hurt someone’s feeling. . . ”可知此处应填入hurt。
41. 【解析】选B。第48空后告诉我们在地上有洞，可知是把木头夯到地下。
42. 【解析】选D。句意：男孩按照父亲告诉他的做了。as引导方式状语，意为“如同，按照”。
43. 【解析】选C。根据“伤害朋友时就把木头夯到地下”可推知“把木头拔出来，应该对朋友说好的事情”。
44. 【解析】选A。后文说把木头拔出来，可知男孩这样做了，故用实义动词did。
45. 【解析】选B。根据前文说第一天拿出一根，可知第二天又拿出来一些。another又一，再一。
46. 【解析】选B。句意：到了第三天拿出来更多。本句为肯定句，可知要用some。
47.【解析】选A。最终他把所有的木头全部从地里拔了出来。remove除去。
48.【解析】选C。根据语境可知把木头拔出后，地上肯定会留下一些洞。hole洞。
49.【解析】选C。根据前文提示可知选keep。
50.【解析】选D。父亲给儿子的忠告：记住，当你伤害了一个人，不管你做什么去弥补你的过错，在他心里总会有伤痕。make up for弥补。
51.【解析】选A。结合上一题解析，可知应为“在人的心中”。
52.【解析】选B。从那一天开始男孩说话、办事都很小心了。be careful of 小心的，细心的。
53.【解析】选C。根据上面的句意，一切都谨慎了，自然不会再伤害朋友了。never不会。
54.【解析】选B。最后一段是作者从故事中得到的经验教训，故说故事教会了他很多。
55.【解析】选D。不想伤害朋友是因为朋友是自己不想失去的人。lose失去。
56.【解析】选C。主旨大意题。第一段提到“当今社会成功不是吸引公众眼球的惟一方式，失败也可以让人一举成名。”可知整篇短文讲的是一个不成功的小人物如何在美国迅速家喻户晓的。
57. 【解析】选D。细节理解题。第四段的后半部分提到the off-key singing; the blue Hawaiian shirt worn with pants pulled up too high; the terrible dancing; the hips jerking to a beat. . . 的内容，故D项是没有提到的。
58.【解析】选A。事件排序题。根据整篇文章的内容可知，Hung先是参加了比赛，表现得糟糕，被裁判否决了；然后有网站报道此事，他才一举成名，家喻户晓，有公司和他签约。故A项正确。
59.【解析】选D。推理判断题。根据倒数第二段可知他做了别人不敢做的事情，才让他与众不同，最终赢得了美国民众的欣赏。
60. 【解析】选A。细节理解题。根据第一段的Louis’ music was jazz and he loved it. 可知他演奏的是爵士乐。
61. 【解析】选C。细节理解题。根据第一段的最后一句话He didn’t learn to read music until he was a man. 可知直到成年他才会识乐谱。
62. 【解析】选C。细节理解题。综观全文可知，Louis是以爵士音乐而出名的。
63. 【解析】选D。主旨大意题。根据本文主题以及第一段中的细节The man with the horn waved and smiled his great, happy smile. 和第二段中的. . . he makes that horn speak. 可知主要突出了音乐家和他的乐器，故D项正确。
64. 【解析】选D。细节理解题。根据“Saver”中的内容可知周一到周四提前订票的人，要满足以下条件：16岁及以下的孩子或60岁以上的人以及全日制学生，由此可知选D项。
65. 【解析】选B。细节理解题。根据“School: school parties of ten or more can book ＄6 standby tickets in advance and will get every tenth ticket free. ”中的内容可知15个人只需定14张$6的票就可以，故支付90美元是不对的。
66.【解析】选A。细节理解题。根据文中提供的数字信息可知A项最少，是10人付9张6美元的票，即每人约5. 4美元；B项是6美元；C项除去2美元的折扣后是8美元；D项是至少12人打10%的折，约每人9美元；故A项最便宜。
67. 【解析】选C。段落大意题。根据第一段的内容可知绘画和语言一样也是传递思想和情感的方式之一，所以说绘画也是一种语言。
68. 【解析】选A。细节理解题。根据第二段中的第二句话In the same way, we have to learn to understand a style of painting before we can begin to appreciate all its qualities and what the artist is trying to say to us. 可知要欣赏一幅画，我们首先要学会理解画家的绘画风格。
69. 【解析】选B。词义猜测题。根据前一句话Seeing and understanding are not like breathing! 以及下文重获光明的盲人要学习看的例子可知看到东西并理解与呼吸不一样，不是与生俱来的。
70. 【解析】选D。细节理解题。根据最后两句话Someone who is learning to drive a car may see as much as the other road users, but he may not understand what is important. An experienced car driver has learnt to understand what he or she sees. 可知初学驾驶的人在路上看到很多路人，但他们不知道什么是重要的，但是一个有经验的司机已经学会了什么是重要的。故D项错误。
71. 【解析】选D。根据上一句there are some rules of behavior that should be followed when on-line. 可知下文会提到一个规则。
72. 【解析】选B。根据上文“如果你觉得这些话不能当着人的面说，就重写，重说。”可推断这个过程会一直持续直到你满意为止，可知选B项。
73. 【解析】选F。上文说到“在聊天室有人攻击你，尽量不要直接反击过去”可推知下文会告诉你该如何去做。
74. 【解析】选C。根据下一句“新来到聊天室的人不知道该如何去做，你该提供给他们一些建议”可知毕竟每个人都曾经是初到者，我们要对他们好一点。
75. 【解析】选G。上文提到“即使有人犯了错，尽量不要去纠正他们，因为你没有权力这样做。”，接下来会说如果你一定要这样做，那一定要有礼貌。
短文改错
It was Monday. Li Ming was the first ∧come to the classroom. When he came
to
into his seat, therefore, he found his bench was broken. Seen there was nobody
however Seeing
around, he decided to change it with Wang Gang, and so he did. After a while, Wang
Wang Gang’s
Gang came. When he saw a broken bench, he carried it out of the classroom. Li Ming
the
didn’t know how he was going to do. So Li Ming came out of and found that Wang
what
Gang has begun to repair the broken bench. Li Ming’s face turned red. He said with
had to
Wang Gang, “Let’s repair them together. ”
it
1. 【解析】第二句中的the first后加to　序数词后通常用不定式作后置定语。
2. 【解析】第三句中的therefore→however　根据句意可知第二句话和第三句话之间是转折关系；therefore因此，表因果关系。
3. 【解析】第四句中的Seen→Seeing see和主语he之间为主动关系，因此要用现在分词。
4. 【解析】第四句中的Wang Gang→Wang Gang’s　因为此处指的是Wang Gang的凳子，故用所有格形式。
5. 【解析】第六句中的a→the　再次提到坏凳子，应该表示特指，故用定冠词the。
6. 【解析】第七句中的how→what　在宾语从句中缺少do的宾语，故用what。
7. 【解析】第八句去掉of　of为介词，其后没有宾语，要去掉。
8. 【解析】第八句has→had　动作begin to repair the broken bench发生在谓语动词found之前，故用过去完成时。
9. 【解析】第十句中的with→to　对某人说要用say to sb. 。
10. 【解析】第十句中的them→it　修理的是凳子，要用代词it替代。
书面表达
My Study Habits
It is important that we should form good habits. There is no doubt that making a suitable timetable is the first necessary step, so Ialways make a schedule for study. Moreover, whichever subject you study, thinking is the fundamental factor rather than just direct reciting, which is useless. So Idevelop the habit of thinking and solving problems with the help of referencebooks, for example, a dictionary. Still, Ilearn to sum up what has been learned, seize every chance to learn and make use of all kinds of learning resources.
Good study habits have helped me a lot.
【备选题】
Ⅰ. 1. 【解析】选E。本部分两段讲述了学生和家长提前到学校去实地看看，了解一下学校的情况，故选E项。
2. 【解析】选C。本段讲的是离学校很远，又没有钱到学校去的学生该如何得到第一手的信息。因此应选C项，不要让缺乏资金挡住你了解情况的脚步。
3. 【解析】选A。根据本段的第一句话就可知通过别的途径得到的信息有时是不可靠的，因此要亲自去了解真实的情况。和A项表达相符。
4. 【解析】选D。去了解学校要尽量在人多时或学校上课期间，不要在周末或假期，D项与段落意思相符。
5. 【解析】选B。最后一段提到不仅要关注校园内部，也要了解学校周围的情况，比如饭店、音乐厅等，因此本段主要讲学校校外的环境，即Off-campus life。
Ⅱ. 答案：1~5. FABGE
2013最新版高中英语精练精析：Module5《Ethnic Culture》Grammar（外研版选修7）
Ⅰ. 单项填空
1. Together, individuals can make a difference, so we don’t have to________pollution.
[2011福州高二检测]
A. pay attention to B. hold on to
C. put up with D. keep up with
2. The project is so designed that once ________nothing can be done to change it.
[2011吉林高二检测]
A. starts B. having started
C. started D. starting
3. I have read the material several times, but it still doesn’t________
[2011石家庄高二检测]
A. make sense B. make up
C. make sure D. make out
4. When________ , the young usually hesitate before________ .
A. asked; responded B. asked; responding
C. asking; responded D. asking; responding
5. ________in diving suits, they walk around in this magic world.
A. Dressing B. Dressed
C. Wearing D. To wear
6. On seeing the wonderful sculpture，everyone present________a cry of surprise.
A. let out B. give away
C. put forward D. make up
7. With proper measures, the economy in this area is beginning to________ again.
A. break up B. hold on
C. take on D. pick up
8. ________with this novel written by an American, that one by a Chinese is much better.
A. Comparing B. Having compared
C. Compared D. To be compared
9. —How are they getting on with their work?
—All goes well as________.
A. to be planned B. being planned
C. planned D. planning
10. ________of concrete and steel, the Petronas Towers in Kuala Lumpur could provide a better chance of surviving than did the World Trade Center building.
A. Building B. Built
C. To build D. Having built
Ⅱ. 结合句意用适当的介、副词填空
1. She’s having a lot of trouble with the new computer, but she doesn’t know whom to turn ________.
2. Though he met a difficult problem, he managed to get it ________ at last.
3. The final exam is coming up soon. It’s time for us to get________to our studies.
4. Bill Gates decided to give ________ parts of his fortune.
5. Hearing the voice of help outside, he put on his coat and rushed ________.
6. The society today offers the young generation more chances to show ________their talent and skills.
7. Let’s work together to cope ________ the present challenge.
8. His success depended ________ his hard work.
Ⅲ. 句型转换（状语从句与过去分词短语互换）
1. Shown around the city, we were impressed by the city’s new look. (表时间)
_______________________________, we were impressed by the city’s new look.
2. Tired out, they stopped to have a rest. (表原因)
____________________________, they stopped to have a rest.
3. Considered from this point of view, the question will be of great importance. (表条件)
_______________________________, the question will be of great importance.
4. Warned of the danger, he still went skating on the thin ice. (表让步)
___________________________, he still went skating on the thin ice.
5. The professor entered, and was followed by his students. (表伴随)
The professor entered, ____________by his students.
6. As I was worried about the journey, I was unsettled for the first few days. （表原因）
________ about the journey, I was unsettled for the first few days.
7. When the monitor was asked why he did it, the monitor said it was his duty. （表时间）
________ why he did it, the monitor said it was his duty.
8. Though all the tasks were completed ahead of time, the manager was still unsatisfied. （表让步）
All the tasks ________ ahead of time, the manager was still unsatisfied.
答案解析
Ⅰ. 1. 【解析】选C。句意：许多人共同（努力）, 个人也可以产生很大的影响，所以我们不需要容忍污染。pay attention to注意；hold on to坚持；put up with容忍，忍受；keep up with追上，赶上。
2. 【解析】选C。句意：项目就是这样计划的，一旦开始就没法改变。根据句意可知once引导的时间状语从句补全为：once the project is started。根据主从句主语一致的原则，可把从句中的主语和be动词省略掉，剩下分词作状语，因为原状语从句为被动语态，故省略成过去分词作状语的形式。
3. 【解析】选A。句意：我把材料读了好几遍，但仍读不懂。make sense讲得通，有意义；make up组成，编造，弥补；make sure 确保，设法保证，弄清楚，弄明白；make out弄懂，辨认。分析句子结构可知此处需要填不及物动词，但是B、C和D项都是及物动词短语。故选A项。
4. 【解析】选B。句意：当被问到时，年轻人在回答之前通常会犹豫不决。根据句意可知when从句中的逻辑主语就是主句的主语，且与动词ask存在被动关系，故用过去分词作状语；before后的动词与主句主语the young之间存在主谓关系，故用v. -ing 形式。
5.【解析】选B。句意：穿着潜水服，他们在这个神奇的世界里漫步。主语they与dress之间为动宾关系，应说成they are dressed in diving suits。故省略成过去分词作状语的形式。
6. 【解析】选A。句意：一看到这座美丽的雕塑，在场的每一个人都惊呼起来。let out a cry发出叫喊声；give away捐赠，泄露；put forward提出；make up组成，编造，弥补。根据句意可知选A项。
7. 【解析】选D。句意：采取了正确的措施, 这个地区的经济正在恢复。break up分开，打碎，分解；hold on坚持；take on呈现，承担；pick up恢复。
8. 【解析】选C。句意：和美国人写的这部小说相比，中国人写的那部小说更好一点。compared with是固定结构，其逻辑主语不需要和主句的主语一致。
9. 【解析】选C。根据句意“一切都像计划的一样进展顺利”可知as引导的方式状语从句省略了it is。
10. 【解析】选B。考查分词作状语。build的逻辑主语为主句的主语the Petronas Towers，两者之间为被动关系，故应用过去分词作状语，表示“由混凝土和钢铁建成”。
Ⅱ. 1. to 2. over 3. down 4. away
5. out 6. off 7. with 8. on
Ⅲ. 1. After we had been shown around the city
2. Because they were tired out
3. If it is considered from this point of view
4. Though he was warned of the danger
5. followed
6. Worried
7. Asked
8. completed
2013最新版高中英语精练精析：Module5《Ethnic Culture》Integrating Skills（外研版选修7）
Ⅰ. 单项填空
As the plane was getting ready to take off, we all________our seat belts.
[2012昆明高二检测]
A. tied B. attached C. fastened D. removed
2. —Are you going somewhere during the winter vacation?
—Yes, I’ve found a nice beach ________I can enjoy swimming even in February.
[2012郑州高二检测]
A. that B. when C. where D. which
3. This city has________population of 1, 000, 000. But ten years ago, ________population of this city was 80, 000.
A. a; the B. a; a C. the; the D. the; a
4.________ in the regulations that you should not tell other people the password of your email account.
A. What is required B. What requires is
C. It is required D. It requires
5. He decided to________Beijing to attend the medical conference.
A. set off from B. set off for
C. set off D. set off to
6.________ they’re intending to put up the price of water.
A. Honestly B. Apparently
C. Generally D. Fortunately
7. ________carefully, the note was put into his pocket.
A. Folded B. Folding
C. Having folded D. Being folded
8. You can’t see through a telescope unless it is________correctly to your sight.
A. adapted B. adopted
C. admitted D. adjusted
9. The novel “Gone with the Wind” is said________into several languages.
A. to translate B. being translated
C. having been translated D. to have been translated
10. The room was________with the simplest essentials like a bed, a chair and a table, so it looks spacious.
A. equipped B. furnished
C. provided D. supplied
Ⅱ. 用所选词(短语)的正确形式填空
adjust to，set off，foolish，furnish，fasten，
in the distance，apparent，firm，make up，fall for
1. He ________ surfing the Internet and doesn’t go home all day long.
2. Please hold the rope ________.
3. Businesses need time to ________ the changes of economic circumstances.
4. Make sure of ________ all the doors and windows when you are away.
5. It will be ________ to change your mind now.
6. It is________to any reader that there are several mistakes in this article.
7. The couple usually quarreled and ________ soon.
8. Look! There is a village ________ and we had better go there to get some help.
9. Now we are working in a fully ________ office.
10. After a two-day rest, the travelers________ again.
答案解析
Ⅰ. 1. 【解析】选C。句意：当飞机准备起飞时，我们都系牢了安全带。tie系，拴，强调用绳系；attach. . . to . . . 把……系到……；fasten系牢，拴紧；remove去除。根据句意可知选C项。
2. 【解析】选C。句意：——寒假你打算去什么地方吗？——是的，我已找到了一个很好的海滩，在那里甚至在二月都可以享受游泳。根据句意可知这是一个定语从句，且先行词在从句中作地点状语，故用关系副词where。
3. 【解析】选A。表示“有多少人口”时，常用a population of + 数字。表示“某地的人口”时，要用the population of + 地点。
4. 【解析】选C。考查It be+v. -ed+that. . . 句型。句意：条例要求，你不应该把你的电子邮件的密码告诉其他人。根据句意可知后面的that从句为真正的主语，故采用形式主语it，且与谓语动词之间为被动关系，故选C项。
5. 【解析】选B。句意为：他决定启程去北京参加医学大会。set off for启程到（某地）。
6. 【解析】选B。apparently“显然，很明显地”，符合题意。honestly“诚实地”；generally“概括地，一般地”；fortunately“幸运地”。
7. 【解析】选A。句意为：他小心翼翼地把那个便条折叠好后放进了口袋。the note与fold之间为被动关系，故可排除B、C两项，且不表正在进行，可排除D项，因此选A项。
8. 【解析】选D。adapt使适应，改编；adopt采用，收养；admit承认；adjust调整。根据句意“如不正确地调整望远镜，你是不可能通过望远镜看到的。”可知选D项。
9. 【解析】选D。考查be said to do的用法。句意：小说《飘》据说已被翻译成好几种语言了。根据句意可知不定式的动作发生在谓语动词之前且已经完成，故用不定式的完成时，故选D项。
独具【方法技巧】“be said+to do”表示不定式所表示的动作尚未发生或即将要发生；“be said+to be doing”表示不定式所表示的动作正在发生；“be said+to have done”表示不定式所表示的动作已经完成。
10. 【解析】选B。句意：房间里只布置了最简单的必需品，一张床、一把椅子和一张桌子，所以看起来很宽敞。furnish给房间配备家具；equip配备器具等装备，为工作提供方便；provide和supply表示为某人提供某物。
Ⅱ. 1. falls for
2. firmly
3. adjust to
4. fastening
5. foolish
6. apparent
7. made up
8. in the distance
9. furnished
10. set off
2013最新版高中英语精练精析：Module5《Ethnic Culture》Introduction & Reading and Vocabulary（外研版选修7）
Ⅰ. 单词拼写
1. There are many preferential policies for all the ________ (少数民族) in China.
2. The twin brothers have ________(完全不同的) characteristics.
3. It takes the young man a lot to ________ (管理)a company.
4. When in a foreign country, we must follow their ________(风俗习惯).
5. Travelling in Australia, we found ________ (本土的) people easygoing.
6. Young generations should ________(继承) all good traditions from our ancestors.
7. The books are my personal ________(财产).
Ⅱ. 用所给词的正确形式填空
1. Seriously damaged, the bike is no longer in ________ (use).
2. I have never read such a ________(good) book.
3. Don’t lose heart, ________ (what) happens.
4. ________ (see) from the sky, the town was in ruins after the tsunami.
5. With Tom ________ (guide) the girl, they walked slowly across the street.
6. He came here, ________ (tire) and hungry.
7. There are ________ (vary) flowers in the botanical garden.
Ⅲ. 单项填空
1. ________great progress we have made, we should not be conceited (自大的).
[2012嘉峪关高二检测]
A. Whatever B. How
C. However D. What
2. It was at this shop________I bought my skirt. How about coming to my home to have a look tonight?
A. that B. where C. which D. what
3. The temperature in this mountainous area________from day to day.
[2012长春高二检测]
A. ranges B. exchanges
C. varies D. transforms
4. —Go climbing the hill this vacation, OK?
—________. I love getting close to nature.
A. I couldn’t agree more B. I’m afraid not
C. I believe not D. I don’t think so
5. The poor man ,________ ,ran out of the dark cave.
A. tiring and frightened B. tired and frightened
C. tired and frightening D. tiring and frightening
6. He was frightened at the sight. With his lips still________ , he couldn’t say a word.
[2012杭州高二检测]
A. trembling B. tremble C. to tremble D. to be trembling
7. Was it in the United States________you visited last year________you made the acquaintance of Professor Jones?
A. where; that B. that; where
C. that; that D. where; which
8. The________of experts agree that smoking is harmful to health.
A. minority B. minor
C. majority D. most
9. The meeting________ over, he went to pick up his son directly.
A. to be B. is C. was D. being
10. Clothes here are ________; you can choose any of them as you like. Which of the following is WRONG?
A. various B. diverse
C. variety D. varied
答案解析
Ⅰ. 1. minorities 2. diverse 3. run 4. customs
5. native 6. inherit 7. property
Ⅱ. 1. use 2. better 3. whatever 4. Seen
5. guiding 6. tired 7. various
Ⅲ. 1. 【解析】选A。句意：不管我们取得多大的进步，我们都不应该自大。根据逗号可知逗号之前的句子为状语从句，可排除B、D两项；however=no matter how在引导的让步状语从句中作状语。根据句意并分析句子结构可知此句缺少定语修饰名词progress, 故选A项。
2. 【解析】选A。考查强调句型。句意：我在这家商店买的裙子。今晚来我家看看怎么样？分析句子结构可知本句是对地点状语的强调，省略it was及空格后整理句子是一个结构完整的句子，可知使用了强调句型，故选A项。
3.【解析】选C。句意：这个山区的温度每天都在变化。vary变化；range(在一定范围内) 变动, 变化；exchange交换；transform变换，转换。
4. 【解析】选A。根据答语“我喜欢接近自然。”可知答话人对“这个假期我们去爬山好吗？”的建议是赞同的，故用A项 “我非常赞同。”B项“恐怕不行”; C、D都表示“我不这样认为”。
5. 【解析】选B。句意：这个可怜的人爬出了漆黑的洞穴，又累又怕。形容词单独作状语表示主语的状态、性质等。
6.【解析】选A。考查with复合结构。句意：看到这情景，他吓坏了，嘴唇颤抖着说不出话。在with复合结构中宾语his lips和宾语补足语trembling之间是主谓关系，故用v. -ing形式。
7. 【解析】选C。句意：就是在你去年去过的美国，你初次结识了Jones教授吗？分析句子结构可知，第一个空后为定语从句，先行词the United States在定语从句中作动词visit的宾语，故用关系代词that；第二个空是强调句型，强调地点状语in the United States，故用that。
8. 【解析】选C。句意：多数专家同意吸烟有害健康这个观点。the majority of为固定表达方式，意为“大多数”；若选D，原题可改为Most experts. . . 。
9. 【解析】选D。前后两部分没有连词连接，仅用逗号相隔，故第一部分不能以句子形式出现，排除B、C两项；由语境可知“会议结束了，他就直接去接儿子了”，排除A，选D形成独立主格结构，此时，因逻辑主语是名词the meeting, being还可省略。
独具【方法技巧】
巧辨独立主格结构
1)用独立主格结构的情况。
两个分句需要一个连接词连接，如果没有这个连接词，其中一个分句的谓语动词要改为非谓语动词结构或with复合结构或完整的从句。如果非谓语动词与句子主语不一致，就需要在其前面加上自己的逻辑主语，构成独立主格结构。
2)独立主格结构中除用非谓语动词外还可用形容词、副词、介词短语或名词。
需要注意的是，在掌握独立主格结构时，一个句子所使用的标点符号、有无连词及对动词形式的选择往往起着决定性的作用。例如：
The professor lost at least twenty umbrellas, which made his wife very angry.
此句前后两部分用“，”隔开，有引导词which，判定为非限制性定语从句，从句缺少谓语动词，故从句谓语动词用made。
The professor lost at least twenty umbrellas, making his wife very angry.
此句前后两部分用“，”隔开，没有连接词，不是并列句；也没有从句引导词，因此也不是从句，故只能用非谓语结构making。
10.【解析】选C。句意：这里的衣服多种多样，你可以任选你喜欢的。此处需要用形容词作表语。variety n. 种类。
2013最新版高中英语精练精析：Module5《Ethnic Culture》模块质量评估(五)（外研版选修7）
第二部分 英语知识运用（共两节，满分45分）
第一节 单项填空（共15小题；每小题1分，满分15分）
21. The flu is believed _____ by viruses that like to reproduce in the cells inside the human nose and throat.
[2012济南高二检测]
A. causing B. being caused
C. to be caused D. to have caused
22. It was _____ back home after the experiment.
[2012西安高二检测]
A. not until midnight did he go
B. until midnight that he didn’t go
C. not until midnight that he went
D. until midnight when he didn’t go
23. Let’s _____ our personal feelings for now, and get to our business.
[2012北京高二检测]
A. set up B. set off C. set about D. set aside
24. Most farmers live at _____ mercy of nature where little water storage equipment is in _____ use.
A. ／；／ B. the；the C. a；／ D. the；／
25. The old woman stood still with her eyes _____ the picture.
A. fixing in B. fixing on
C. fixed in D. fixed on
26. During the flight to the Moon, the satellite gradually _____ its directions so that it can go into its programmed orbit.
A. adjusts B. adopts C. adapts D. accepts
27. She has never done anything for them, _____ they have done everything for her.
A. when B. as C. whereas D. because
28. —Do you feel like going on a picnic this weekend?
—_____. I was thinking about how to relax myself.
A. I couldn’t agree more B. What a pity
C. I believe not D. I’m afraid not
29. _____ is reported in the newspaper, talks between the two countries are making progress.
A. It B. As C. That D. What
30. _____, they sang songs as they walked home.
A. Happy and excited B. Happily and excitedly
C. Happily and excited D. Happy and excitedly
31. _____ the old mother’s deeds, all of us couldn’t keep back our tears and began to cry.
A. Moved by B. Moving by
C. To be moved by D. To be moving by
32. The schoolboys and schoolgirls are walking along the street, _____ a small red cap.
A. each of them has B. they each have
C. every wears D. each wearing
33. He sat there calmly, _____ unaware of the danger.
A. apparently B. especially
C. extremely D. basically
34. She needs _____ furniture to _____ her big room.
A. many; furnish B. many; supply
C. much; furnishing D. much; furnish
35. I can’t remember _____ made the teacher give Mary the permission to leave the classroom earlier.
A. that it was what B. what it was that
C. what was it that D. that was it what
第二节 完形填空（共20小题；每小题1. 5分，满分30分）
April Fool’s Day
No one 36 exactly when and how April Fool’s
Day began. However, there are some stories about
37 it came into being. One story 38 like this:
in the sixteenth-century France, the start of the new
year was on April first. It was celebrated 39 much
the same way 40 it is today with parties and dancing into the late hours of the night. Then in 1562, Pope(教皇)Gregory introduced a new calendar for the Christian world, and the new year fell on January first. There were some people, 41 , who hadn’t heard or didn’t believe the 42 in the date, so they 43 to celebrate New Year’s Day on April first. 44 played tricks on them and called them “April fools”. They tried to make them believe that something false was 45 . In France today, April first is called “April Fish”. French children fool their friends by taping a paper fish to their friends’ 46 . When the “young fool” 47 this trick, the prankster(恶作剧者)shouts “April Fish! ”
Today Americans play small tricks on friends and strangers alike on the first of April. One 48 trick on April Fool’s Day is 49 to a friend’s shoe and saying, “Your shoelace is untied(你的鞋带开了). ”School children might tell a classmate that school has been canceled(取消). 50 the trick is, if you fail for the joke, the prankster shouts, “April Fool! ”
In Britain today, on the first of April, even 51 newspapers, radio and TV programs tell big lies. You 52 read a science 53 showing that doctors have found a way to cure(治疗)AIDS, 54 you would probably listen to a piece of news about a UFO 55 on an island.
36. A. understands B. knows C. believes D. remembers
37. A. when B. why C. how D. where
38. A. goes B. tells C. happens D. writes
39. A. as B. like C. with D. in
40. A. like B. as C. so D. for
41. A. however B. but C. therefore D. instead
42. A. fact B. news C. change D. information
43. A. remained B. continued C. considered D. went
44. A. Others B. Somebody C. Many D. Some
45. A. real B. true C. right D. correct
46. A. hands B. faces C. backs D. heads
47. A. discovers B. sees C. finds D. notices
48. A. usual B. common C. funny D. silly
49. A. looking down B. pointing down C. getting down D. turning down
50. A. Whenever B. Whoever C. Whatever D. Wherever
51. A. serious B. famous C. interesting D. important
52. A. might B. should C. could D. must
53. A. letter B. speech C. writing D. report
54. A. so B. and C. or D. but
55. A. lying B. walking C. flying D. landing
第三部分 阅读理解（共两节，满分40分）
第一节（共15小题；每小题2分，满分30分）
（A）
The Baima people— a minority group of
some 1, 400 people who for centuries have
lived in northern Sichuan and southern Gansu
Provinces— have long depended on the forests as their main source of income. But since a logging (伐木作业) ban was introducedin the late 1990s to right yearly flooding, the villages have had to look for alternative livelihoods(生计).
Several are now in the process of developing a small tourism industry as their lands are rich in forests and natural landscapes and border on the home of the giant panda. Xiangshujia, a village, in particular, is becoming a popular bed and breakfast center for tourists heading to Wanglang Nature Reserve to see China’s wildlife species close up. Visitors are also starting to take notice of the Baima themselves.
As our jeep stops in the courtyard of one of the brightly coloredwooden houses, we are greeted by the village leader Li Qin and young Baima girls dressed in traditional costumes with white feathers in their hair. As we take our place on low-wooden benches near an open fire, the girls break into traditional song as they serve us.
“The number of tourists is growing, ”said the village leader Li Qin. “We realize that to attract foreigners we have to show our cultural side, offering more traditional singing and dancing and ensuring our houses are built in the traditional way. ”
　　Relations between the Baima and the reserve were once tense following the 1998 logging ban as villagers had to make a new living, which included entering the Wanglang Nature Reserve to collect wild mushrooms and herbs, often at the expense of disturbing the panda’s habitat. But things dramatically improved as villagers started receiving training on how to market their communities to tourists.
“Our aim is to deter the villagers from disturbing the panda habitat by ensuring they had a sustainable alternative livelihood, including the poorest of families, ”emphasized Chen Youping, director of the Wanglang Nature Reserve.
“All the money from the reserve goes back into communityand conservation projects, ”said Chen Youping. “Our priority is first the animals and then ecotourism(生态旅游). ”
56. From the first paragraph, we can know that ______.
A. the logging ban had no effect on the Baima people’s life
B. the Baima people earn a living by looking after the forests
C. forests are the main source of firewood for the Baima people
D. the logging behavior of the Baima people caused yearly flooding
57. It can be inferred from the passage that the Baima girls wear their traditional costumes to greet visitors because ______.
A. they want to make themselves look more beautiful
B. their leader Li Qin asks them to do so
C. it’s a way to show their culture and attract visitors
D. it’s necessary before they offer the visitorstraditional songs and dances
58. The underlined word “deter”in Paragraph 6 probably means ______.
A. protect B. prevent
C. benefit D. encourage
59. The passage is mainly about ______.
A. the Baima people and their ecotourism
B. the effects of the logging ban on the Baima people
C. how the Baima people developed their culture
D. the relations between the Baima people and the reserve
（B）
WELCOME
Welcome to Windsor Castle, the oldest and largest occupied castle in the world．Windsor is one of the official residences（住所)of the Queen, who sometimes stays here.
Audio tours
Free audio tours are available on leaving the Admission Centre at the start of your visit . There is a descriptive audio tour for blind and poor-sighted visitors.
Guided tours
Visitors can explore the history of the Castle through a tour of the Precincts with an expert guide. Tours depart at regular intervals throughout the day from the Courtyard and finish at the entrance to the State Apartments.
Visitors with children
For those visiting with children, a special family tour and various activities are offered during school holidays and at weekends．Please note that, for safety reasons, pushchairs are not permitted in the State Apartments. However, baby carriers are available to borrow.
St George’s Chapel
Visitors arriving at the Castle after 15: 00 from March to October are advised to visit St George’s Chapel first before it closes.
Shopping
Shops offer a wide range of souvenirs designed for the Royal Collection, including books, postcards, china, jewellery, and children’s toys．Please ask at the Middle Ward shop about our home delivery service.
Refreshments
Bottled water can be purchased from the Courtyard and Middle Ward shops. From April to September ice cream is also available. Visitors wishing to leave the Castle for refreshments in the town may obtain re-entry permits from the castle shops.
Eating and drinking are not permitted in the State Apartments or St George’s Chapel．
Photography and mobile phones
Non-commercial photography and filming are welcomed in the Castle. Photography, video recording and filming are not permitted inside the State Apartments or St George’s Chapel. Mobile phones must be switched off inside the State Apartments and St George’s Chapel in consideration of other visitors.
Security
As Windsor Castle is a working royal palace, visitors and their belongings should get through airport style security checks. For safety and security reasons a one-way system operates along the visitor route.
60. A visitor can apply for a free audio tour________．
A. in the Courtyard
B. in the State Apartments
C. at the Admission Centre
D. at St George’s Chapel
61. What is specially offered to visitors with kids?
A. A security guard. B. A pushchair.
C. A free toy. D. A baby carrier.
62. Who can get re-entry permits?
A．Visitors wishing to eat outside the Castle.
B．Visitors buying gifts in the Castle shops.
C．Visitors buying water from the Courtyard．
D. Visitors eating outside St George’s Chapel．
63. Why are visitors required to turn off their mobile phones?
A．To ensure the safety of others.
B．To ensure the security of the Castle.
C. To prevent them from disturbing others.
D. To prevent the use of the built-in cameras.
（C）
Until late in the 20th century, most Americans
spent time with people of different generations.
Now middle-aged Americans may not keep in
touch with old people until they are old themselves.
That’s because we group people by age. We put our three-year-olds together in day-care centers, our 13-year-olds in schools and sports activities, and our 80-year-olds in senior citizen homes. Why?
We live away from the old for many reasons. Young people sometimes avoid the old to get rid of fears of aging and dying. It is much harder to watch someone we love disappear before our eyes. Sometimes it’s so hard that we stay away from the people who need us the most.
Fortunately, some of us have found our way to the old. And we have discovered that they often save the young.
A reporter moved her family to a block filled with old people. At first her children were disappointed. But the reporter baked banana bread for the neighbors and had her children deliver it and visitthem. Soon the children had many new friends, with whom they shared food, stories and projects. “My children have never been less lonely, ” the reporter said.
The young, in turn, save the old. Once I was in a rest home when a visitor showed up with a baby, she was immediately surrounded. People who hadn’t gotten out of bed in a week suddenly were ringing for a wheelchair. Even those who had seemed asleep woke up to watch the child. Babies have an astonishing power to comfort and cure.
Grandparents are a special case. They give their grandchildren a feeling of security and continuity. As my husband put it, “My grandparents gave me a deep sense that things would turn out right in the end. ” Grandchildren speak of attention they don’t get from worried parents. “My parents were always telling me to hurry up, and my grandparents told me to slow down, ” one friend said. A teacher told me she can tell which pupils have relationships with grandparents: they are quieter, calmer and more trusting.
64. Now in an American family, people can find that _____.
A. children never live with their parents
B. not all working people live with their parents
C. aged people are supported by their grandchildren
D. grandchildren are supported by their grandparents
65. The reason that old people are left alone may be that _____.
A. the old don’t like to live in a big family
B. the young can’t get enough money to support the old
C. different generations have different lifestyles
D. the old are too weak to live with the young
66. The fact the reporter told us shows that _____.
A. old people in America lead a hard life
B. old people in America enjoy banana bread
C. she had no time to take care of her children
D. old people are easy to get along with
67. Seeing a baby, the old people got excited because _____.
A. they had never seen a baby before
B. the baby was clever and beautiful
C. the baby brought them the image of life
D. the baby’s mother would take care of them
（D）
The question of the changing role of Blacks in American society has often been the subjects of newspaper articles around the world. And visitors to the United States do not know what to expect when they arrive.
They may be surprised when they see that Blacks and Whites work side by side in offices, factories, and schools across the country. The majority of Blacks in the United States, however, live in and around only a small number of American cities.
Many dark-skinned visitors arrive in the United States fearing personal attack or various degrees of racial prejudice(偏见). Some forms of discrimination still exist, unfortunately, especially in the areas of the housing, schools, and jobs. School equality is still more of a dream than a reality. There are still too many areas of the country where black Americans do not enjoy the same full opportunities as white Americans.
However, the vast majority of Americans are working, studying, and sharing public places together. This was not true even a few years ago in some parts of the country, but progress is steadily being made. You will be able to observe the improvement in race relations as soon as your plane lands. You will see it in the airport, in public buses and trains, in theaters, restaurants, restrooms, in shops and libraries, andin offices and factories. Full trust and social relationships between Blacks and Whites are still not common, except in certain areas. However, even in this—the slowest area of progress—there has been change, especially among young people.
Maybe it will not take a long time to realize Martin Luther King’s dream. In America, all people will enjoy and share equal rights regardless of their color, birth, race, or backgrounds.
68. From the passage we can conclude that _____.
A. many people in the world pay attention to black Americans
B. black and white Americans have equal rights in most areas
C. most black Americans don’t like to live in big cities
D. many visitors to America have been attacked
69. From the fourth paragraph we can learn that _____.
A. few Americans of different races worked or studied together in the past
B. black and white Americans still have a bad relationship
C. little progress has been made in social relationships in America
D. black and white Americans pretend to be friendly in public
70. The author’s attitude toward the futureof American’s racial problems is _____.
A. negative B. positive
C. doubtful D. critical
第二节(共5小题；每小题2分，满分10分)
根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余选项。
As you grow rapidly through your teenage years, you will experience a lot of changes. The changes may seem difficult. 71 Don’t panic! You will deal successfully with them! You are a young adult now!
With more responsibility, you will find more freedom to make your own choices. This is a time to be well informed about making choices. In this way you can make healthy balanced decisions. 72 You may already know your career path or you may have no idea at all what you want to do. Both situations are fine! Work hard and the right opportunity will present itself to you.
Young adulthood means greater freedom and more choices. 73 But try not to shut your family out of your life. You should learn to think of others even though you are old enough to look after yourself.
It is also perfectly natural at this time for you to spend more time with your friends than your family. 74 A true friend will stand by you no matter what happens.
This period is a part of the life cycle. There are some people who will be with you throughout life’s journey. There will be some people with whom you part and go separate ways. Leaving school can be hard. The reality is that you may not even see all of your classmates again.
You are a young adult. It is your life. No one can live it for you. 75 So making the right choices will be important to you. Life is for living. Enjoy your life wisely!
A．Choose your friends wisely.
B．They will help shape the future.
C．They may seem to happen quickly.
D．You will probably want to be independent.
E．You may appreciate what you have in your own life.
F．The choices that you make from now on will be your choices.
G．Your family has been with you since you came into this world.
第二卷
第四部分 写作（共两节，满分35分）
第一节 短文改错（共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分）
假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文，请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共有10处语言错误，每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。
增加: 在缺词处加一个漏字符号（∧）, 并在其下面写出该加的词。
删除: 把多余的词用斜线（）划掉。
修改: 在错的词下划一横线, 并在该词下面写出修改后的词。
注意: 1. 每处错误及其修改均仅限一词;
2. 只允许修改10处, 多者(从第11处起)不计分。
June 12, Sunday
Today is Sunday. I didn’t get up early as usually. In the morning after I finished my homework, I do some washing. Then I telephoned one of my classmate and invited him to see a film. And unfortunately, when we got to the cinema at 3: 00pm, we found all the tickets had been sold out. Then we went back school and played the football. After this, when we are about to go home, we saw our English teacher, Mr. Wang, coming into the school gate. He told us we had made great progress on English this term. He also suggested that we would read more and write more. We promised him that we would take her advice.
书面表达（满分25分）
根据下列提示写一篇100词左右的短文，简单介绍傣族(the Dai ethnic group)的情况。
人口：106万；主要聚居地：云南；主要产业：农业；主要作物：水稻、大豆等；主食（staple food）：大米；历史悠久，有自己的语言（但很多人懂汉语）；喜欢干净，经常沐浴，常把房子建在水边，擅长歌舞；最重要的节日：泼水节(the Water Splashing Festival)，节日到来时，人们相互泼水(splash water on. . . )，以此表达相互间美好的祝愿。
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
【备选题】
Ⅰ. 任务型阅读（陕西）（共5小题；每小题2分，满分10分）
　　根据短文内容，从下框的A~F选项中选出能概括每一段主题的最佳选项。选项中有一项为多余项。
A. Heat food thoroughly
B. Store food properly
C. Cook food thoroughly
D. Serve food safely
E. Prepare food safely
F. Shop smartly
Food Safety in the Home
1．
Preventing food poisoning starts with your trip to the supermarket. Pick up your packaged and canned foods first. Buy cans and jars that look perfect. Look for any expiration dates on the labels and never buy outdated food. Likewise, check the “use by” or “sell by” date on dairy products such as cottage cheese, cream cheese, yogurt, and sour cream and pick the ones that will stay fresh longest in your refrigerator.
2．
After shopping, get home as soon as you can. Then put food into the refrigerator or freezer right away. Make sure to set the refrigerator temperature to 40℉ and the freezer to 0℉. Check temperatures with a thermometer. Place raw meat and seafood in containers in the refrigerator to prevent their juices from dripping on other foods. Eggs always go in the refrigerator.
3．
Wash hands and surfaces often. Bacteria can be spread throughout the kitchen and get onto cutting boards and counter tops. To prevent this, wash hands with soap and hot water before and after handling food, and after using the bathroom or handling pets. Wash everything else before and after it touches food. Wash cloths before you use them again for anything else.
4．
Cook food thoroughly until it is done. For example, cooked red meat looks brown inside. Use a food thermometer to check the internal temperature of meat, poultry, casseroles and other food. Use a thermometer with a small-diameter stem. Insert the thermometer 1 to 2 inches into the center of the food and wait 30 seconds to ensure an accurate measurement. Check temperature in several places to be sure the food is evenly heated.
5．
Use clean containers to store and serve food. When a dish is empty or nearly empty, replace with fresh container of food, removing the previous container. Place cold food in containers on some ice. Place the container inside a deep pan filled with ice to keep food cold. Once food is thoroughly heated on stove top, oven or in microwave oven, keep food hot by using a heat source. Place food in chafing dishes, preheated steam tables, warming trays and / or slow cookers.
Ⅱ. 情景对话（陕西）（共5小题；每小题1分，满分5分）
根据对话情景和内容，从对话后所给的选项中选出能填入每一空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两个为多余选项。
A: Hi, Bill! You’re reading the novel again.
B: Yes, Tom. I’ll never be tired of it.
A: 1
B: Three times. Every time I read it, I can always learn something new.
A: Really? 2
B: Charles Dickens. I think he is a great English writer. Howabout you?
A: 3 He is also my favorite foreign writer. Please let me have a look at it.
B: OK, here you are! What do you think of this novel?
A: 4 I haven’t seen such a novel for long. Where did you buy it?
B: In the Rose Bookshop.
A: I don’t know where it is. 5
B: No. Only 10 minutes’ walk from here, next to the People’s Cinema.
A: Oh, I see. I’m going there to get one, too. Thank you!
B: You’re welcome!
A. Who wrote it?
B. It’s exciting.
C. How many times have you read it?
D. So do I.
E. I’m afraid not.
F. Is it far from here?
G. Is it a good shop?
答案解析
21.【解析】选C。句意：流感被认为是由易于在鼻腔和喉咙的细胞里繁殖的病毒导致的。考查了固定句式It is+v. -ed+that. . . 的变形结构：主语+be+v. -ed+to do. . . ；再根据句意可知应用不定式的被动形式，故选C项。
22.【解析】选C。句意：直到半夜做完实验后他才回家。根据句式和句意可知本题是对not. . . until. . . 句式的强调，not和until引导的时间状语要同时提前，故C项正确。
23.【解析】选D。考查set短语辨析。句意：让我们暂时收起个人情感，开始干正事吧。set up建立；set off动身，激起；set about开始做；set aside把……收好放一边。
24.【解析】选D。考查冠词。atthe mercy of任……摆布，受……所控制; in use在使用，二者是固定短语。
25.【解析】选D。句意：老妇人静静地站在那里，眼睛注视着图画。在with复合结构中宾语her eyes和宾语补足语fix on之间为被动关系，故用过去分词。fixone’s eyes on注视着。
26.【解析】选A。句意：在飞向月球的旅行中，这个卫星逐渐调整它的方向，以便能进入它的预定轨道。adjust调整，调节；adopt采纳，收养；adapt适应，改编；accept接受。
27.【解析】选C。句意：她从未为他们做过任何事情，而他们为她做了一切。根据句意可知前后两句话表示对比，故选C项，意为“然而，可是”。
28.【解析】选A。句意：——这周末你愿意去野餐吗？——再好不过了，刚才我正在考虑怎么让自己放松呢。I couldn’t agree more非常赞同，比较级用在否定句中相当于最高级的意义。
独具【举一反三】
—What did she think of the film?
—She said she _____.
A. had never seen a better one
B. had never seen so better one
C. has never seen a so good one
D. has never seen such a good one
【解析】选A。答句句意为：她说她从未看过这么好的电影。此处是比较级与否定词连用表示最高级含义，言外之意是这是她看过的最好的电影；D项时态错误，应改为had never seen such a good one。
29.【解析】选B。本题逗号后面为主句，因此前面为非限制性定语从句。as引导非限制性定语从句，指代后面整句话的内容；what引导的从句作主语、宾语或表语；it与that不能引导从句，故选B。相当于It is reported in the newspaper that talks between the two countries are making progress. 。
独具【方法技巧】 识破“变形金刚”
含有as引导非限制性定语从句的句子，有时可改变句子结构而换用it或what。因此句子中的标点符号或连词起着关键作用。
原题为：As is reported in the newspaper, talks between the two countries are making progress.
As引导非限制性定语从句，同时as在从句中作主语。
1）将原题改为：
_____ is reported in the newspaper that talks between the two countries are making progress.
此题前部为主句，后部为that从句，应该填It。It在句中作形式主语，“that talks between the two countries are making progress”为真正的主语，用此结构避免“头重脚轻”现象。
2）将原题改为：
_____ is reported in the newspaper is that talks between the two countries are making progress.
空格处应填What。“What is reported in the newspaper”是一个主语从句，句子的谓语动词为is，“that talks between the two countries are making progress”是表语从句。
3）将原题改为：
_____ talks between the two countries are making progress is reported in the newspaper.
空格处应填That。此时That talks between the two countries are making progress是一个主语从句，is reported是谓语。
30.【解析】选A。考查形容词作状语。形容词作状语，表示主语的状态。故选A。
31.【解析】选A。考查分词短语作状语。分析句子结构可知，move的逻辑主语为主句的主语all of us，并且它们之间为被动关系，排除B、D；C项不定式放在句首表示目的，与句意不符，故选A，相当于As we were moved by the old mother’s deeds。
32.【解析】选D。考查独立主格结构。分析句子结构可知，逗号前面为主句，逗号后面没有连接词，因此应该用非谓语形式，排除A、B两项；C项结构错误，every不能单独作主语；故选D。each与wear之间为主谓关系，因此用现在分词形式。此处也可用and each of them wears a small red cap或and they each wear a small red cap。
33.【解析】选A。考查副词词义辨析。句意为：他静静地坐在那里，显然没有意识到危险。apparently显然地；especially尤其是；extremely极其；basically基本上。由句意可知选A。
34.【解析】选D。furniture为不可数名词，要用much来修饰；根据关键词 furniture和big room可知后面应填furnish，意为“用家具布置……”。
35.【解析】选B。句意：我不记得是什么使老师允许玛丽早早离开教室的。分析句子结构可看出remember后为宾语从句，应用陈述句语序，可排除C、D项；从句中缺少主语，故选B项。
36.【解析】选B。意思是“没有人确切地知道”。
37.【解析】选C。根据句意“关于愚人节是怎样形成的”可知选C。
38.【解析】选A。go此处用作不及物动词，表示“进行；发生；发展”之意，这种含义多用一般现在时态。
39.【解析】选D。考查短语in the same way。
40.【解析】选B。考查短语the same. . . as. . .。
41.【解析】选A。根据上下文逻辑关系可知为转折，且前后有逗号隔开，故用however。
42.【解析】选C。意思是“有些人不相信日期上的变更”。
43.【解析】选B。continue to do sth. “继续干某事”。
44.【解析】选A。others指“另外一些人”。与前面some people相对应。
45.【解析】选B。本句意思是“他们（指另外一些人）极力想使他们相信某件假的事情是真的”，也就是欺骗他们。true意思是“真实的；与事实相符的”，而real表示“真的存在而非虚构的”。
46.【解析】选C。指的是“背部”，这样就不容易被人察觉。
47.【解析】选A。此处discover是“发觉；察觉”之意，而其余三个选项都侧重眼部动作。
48.【解析】选B。common“常见的；普通的”。
49.【解析】选B。此处用短语point to，“指着”，中间加一个down表示“向下指着”。
50.【解析】选C。根据句意和句法结构选择。
51.【解析】选A。句意：现在英国在愚人节这天，即使是严肃的报纸、收音机、电视节目都可以说谎。
52.【解析】选A。承接上句内容，此处表达一种可能性，即“可能在报纸上读到谎言，也可能在收音机上收听到虚假的信息”。
53.【解析】选D。报纸上登载“医生发现治疗艾滋病的方法”，属于科学报道。
54.【解析】选C。“或者”表示两种可能性。
55.【解析】选D。UFO是一种不明飞行物，land on有“着陆”之意。
56.【解析】选D。推理判断题。根据第一段的最后一句可知禁止伐木的目的是为了解决每年的洪灾问题，前面也提到the Baima people以伐木为主要的生活来源，可知是他们的伐木行为造成了每年的洪灾，故选D项。
57.【解析】选C。推理判断题。根据第四段中村领导Li Qin的描述，可知the Baima girls穿传统服装欢迎客人是为了吸引客人并向他们展示自己的文化，故选C项。
58.【解析】选B。词义猜测题。在第五段提到the Baima people为了谋生经常以破坏大熊猫的栖息地为代价到自然保护区采集野生蘑菇和药材等，所以保护区采取培训他们的方式来缓解这个问题。因此可推断出deter是“阻止”的意思。故选B项。
59.【解析】选A。主旨大意题。本文主要讲述了the Baima people和他们的生态旅游业的发展，故A项正确。B、D只是细节内容，C项文章未提及。
　　本篇文章为说明文。主要是欢迎游客来到温莎城堡，并向游客做本次旅行的具体说明，包括它能提供的服务以及注意事项等。
60.【解析】选C。细节理解题。根据Audio tours一段中第一句“Free audio tours are available on leaving the Admission Centre at the start of your visit. ”可知，免费的语音导游在参观一开始离开接待中心时开始，可以判断选C。
61.【解析】选D。细节理解题。根据Visitors with children一段中“For those visiting with children, . . . bady carriers are available to borrow”可知带孩子旅游的家庭可以借用婴儿车，故选D项。
62.【解析】选A。细节理解题。根据Refreshments一段中第三句“Visitors wishing to leave the Castle for refreshments in the town may obtain re-entry permits from the castle shops”可知想到城堡外面吃点小吃的游客可以获许从城堡商店再进入城堡，可判断选A项。
63.【解析】选C。细节理解题。根据Photography and mobile phones一段中第三句“Mobile phones must be switched off inside the State Apartments and St George’s Chapel in consideration of other visitors. ”可知考虑到其他游客，手机必须关闭，由此判断选C项。
64.【解析】选B。推理判断题。根据第一段可知，很多美国人直到自己老的时候才会和老人住在一起，可推知并不是所有人都和老人住在一起。
65.【解析】选C。推理判断题。第二段中第一句话说到人们是按照年龄把不同的人分成不同的组，可推知不同年龄的人有不同的生活习惯；其他几个选项在文中并未涉及到。
66.【解析】选D。细节理解题。在第五段作者提到她做一些面包让孩子们送给老人们，很快她的孩子就和老人交上了朋友的事情来看，老人是很容易相处的。
67.【解析】选C。细节理解题。根据第六段第一句话可知“孩子反过来也可以拯救老人”，一直卧床不起的人或睡意朦胧的人看到孩子后变得有活力了；结合倒数第二段最后一句Babies have an astonishing power to comfort and cure. 可知C项正确。
68.【解析】选A。推理判断题。根据第一段中的第一句话可知这一问题经常是世界上各新闻文章的中心，故选A项。
69.【解析】选A。推理判断题。根据第四段中的第二句话This was not true even a few years ago in some parts of the country, but progress is steadily being made. 可知以前不同种族的人们不在一块工作或学习，故A项正确。
70.【解析】选B。推理判断题。根据第四段和最后一段的内容可知，作者对美国种族问题的进步持肯定态度。因此选B项。
71.【解析】选C。上面说到“青春期的变化有些困难”，以及下文“不要恐慌。”可推知上面应该是困难的一种表现形式，故选C项。
72.【解析】选B。根据下文“你可能知道你未来的路该怎样走”可知上文提到的青春期你所拥有的某些权利有助于你对未来做出一些决定。故选B项。
73.【解析】选D。根据下文的建议“你一定不要把家人排除在你的生活之外”可知前文提到青少年想要独立。
74.【解析】选A。下文说到“不管发生什么，一个真正的朋友都会和你在一起。”可知一定要交真正的朋友，因此选A项。
75.【解析】选F。根据上文“你只能自己过自己的生活”以及下句“做出正确的决定对你来说是非常重要的。”可知青少年必须自己做决定。故选F项。
短文改错
June 12, Sunday
Today is Sunday. I didn’t get up early as usually. In the morning after I finished
usual
my homework, I do some washing. Then I telephoned one of my classmate and
did classmates
invited him to see a film. And unfortunately, when we got to the cinema at 3: 00pm,
But
we found all the tickets had been sold out. Then we went back ∧ school and played
to
the football. After this, when we are about to go home, we saw our English teacher,
were
Mr. Wang, coming into the school gate. He told us we had made great progress on
in
English this term. He also suggested that we would read more and write more. We
should
promised him that we would take her advice.
his
1. 【解析】第二句中的usually→usual as usual像往常一样，是固定短语。
2. 【解析】第三句中的do→did 讲述的是发生过的事情，故应用过去时。
3. 【解析】第四句中的classmate→classmates one of +复数名词，是习惯用法。
4. 【解析】第五句中的And→But 根据句意可知下文“没有买到票”和上文形成转折关系，故用表转折的连词But。
5. 【解析】第六句中在school前加to 返回到学校，go back to school。
6. 【解析】去掉第六句中的the 球类之前不加冠词。
7. 【解析】第七句中的are→were 从句中的时态和主句时态要保持一致，且讲述已经发生的事情，故用过去时。
8. 【解析】第八句中的on→in “在某方面”应用介词in
9. 【解析】第九句中的would→should或去掉would suggest（建议）后的宾语从句中应使用should +动词原形，should可以省略。
10. 【解析】第十句中的her→his 根据上文可知给出建议的是Mr. Wang，因此改为his。
书面表达
The Dai ethnic group, with a population of 1, 060, 000, has a long history. Most Dai people live in Yunnan. They have their own languages, but many of them understand Chinese. The people rely on farming, main crops being rice and beans. Rice is their staple food.
Their houses are usually built near water so that they can often have baths, due to their love of cleanliness. They are good at singing and dancing. The Water Splashing Festival is their most important festival. When the festival comes, people splash water on each other, expressing good wishes.
【备选题】
Ⅰ.答案：1~5. FBECD
Ⅱ.1. 【解析】选C。根据答语Three times. Every time I read it, I can always learn something new. 可知上一句问到“你读过几次了？”故选C项。
2. 【解析】选A。答语是“狄更斯”，可知上面问到作者是谁，故A项正确。
3. 【解析】选D。上面的说话者提到狄更斯是一个伟大的英国作家后，又问第二个人对作家的看法，下文说道狄更斯也是他最喜欢的作家，可知两个人的观点是一致的，故选D项。
4. 【解析】选B。上文问道What do you think of this novel? ，可知下文应该是对书的评价，故B项正确。
5. 【解析】选F。根据答语“只有几分钟的路程”来看上文问到“书店远吗”，故选F项。
2013最新版高中英语精练精析：Module6《The World's Cultural Heritage》Grammar（外研版选修7）
Ⅰ. 单项填空
1. _________ we know some basic knowledge concerning AIDS, we can protect ourselves from being infected.
[2012福州高二检测]
A. If only B. Even if
C. So long as D. Unless
2. _________, the dancers practice hard to make their dreams come true.
[2012大连高二检测][
A. Being disabled as they
B. Although disabled they are
C. Disabled though they are
D. As they are disabled
3. The young man insisted that he _________ nothing wrong and _________ free．
[2012吉林高二检测]
A. did; set
B. had done; should be set
C. do; be set
D. had done; must be set
4. Recently quite a lot of experts have suggested that another law on wildlife protection _________ as soon as possible.
[2012邯郸高二检测]
A. must be passed B. be passed
C. was passed D. being passed
5. He will try his best to solve the problem, _________ difficult it is.
A. no matter B. whatever
C. although D. however
6. _________ invited, I won’t take part in such kinds of parties.
A. Apart from B. In spite of
C. Even if D. Only if
7. Optimistic people begin their success _________ the pessimistic end in failure.
A. where B. when C. since D. for
8. Keep calm, _________ happens.
A. however B. whenever
C. wherever D. whatever
9. _________ I enjoy the book with some nice pictures, I don’t have enough money to buy it.
A．Since B．While C．As D．If
10. He demanded that the classroom _________ at once.
A. should clean B. clean
C. should have been cleaned D. be cleaned
Ⅱ. 完成句子
1. _________ (除非被邀请), I won’t go to his party.
2. _________ (尽管他是个小孩), he knows a lot.
3. _______________________ (不管问题多么困难), he always managed to solve it.
4. It is ordered that the paper _______________________ (交上来)today.
5. His expression suggested that _______________________ (他生气了).
6. _______________________ (不管你去哪里), I will go with you.
7. Put the book _______________________ (原来的地方).
8. The teacher recommended we _______________________ (读这本书)written by the author.
9. _______________________ (只要你努力学习), you can’t fail the exam.
10. At last he accepted my advice that we _______________________ (推迟会议).
Ⅲ. 判断正误（T/ F）
1. ①Your pale face suggests that you(should)be ill.
②Your pale face suggests that you are ill.
2. ①I insisted that you(should)be wrong.
②I insisted that you were wrong.
3. ①I made a proposal that we hold a meeting next week.
②I made a proposal that we would hold a meeting next week.
4. ①The general sent the order that the task must be finished as soon as possible.
②The general sent the order that the task should be finished as soon as possible.
5. ①My suggestion is that we should send a few comrades to help the other group.
②My suggestion is that we will send a few comrades to help the other group.
答案解析
Ⅰ.1.【解析】选C。句意：只要我们知道关于艾滋病的基本知识，我们就可以保护自己不被感染。根据句意可知选C项，意为“只要”，引导条件状语从句。unless除非，也引导条件状语从句，但不符合句意。
2.【解析】选C。句意：尽管他们是残疾人，这些舞者刻苦练习让梦想成真。although, though和as都可以引导让步状语从句，但是although引导的从句不倒装，应为：Although they are disabled；as引导的状语从句必须倒装；though引导的从句可以倒装也可不倒装，倒装时要提前表语形容词disabled，故选C项。
3.【解析】选B。句意：这个年轻人坚持说自己没有做过不正当的事，应该被释放。insist作“坚持认为”讲时不用虚拟语气，作“坚持做某事”时，要用should+动词原形，其中的should可以省略。
4.【解析】选B。suggest表“建议”时，其后的宾语从句要用虚拟语气（should）+动词原形；又因为another law和pass之间为被动关系，故应选B项。
5.【解析】选D。however引导让步状语从句的语序为：however + adj. / adv. +主语+谓语。
6.【解析】选C。句意：即使被邀请，我也决不参加这种聚会。even if即使，尽管，引导让步状语从句；apart from除了，为介词短语；in spite of尽管，为介词短语，不引导从句或省略的分词结构；only if只有，可引导条件状语从句。
7.【解析】选A。句意：在消极的人失败的地方，积极的人开始他们的成功。根据句意可知这是一个带有地点状语从句的复合句，故用where引导。when和since引导时间状语从句，for是表示原因的连词。
8.【解析】选D。句意：不管发生什么事，都要保持镇静。从句中缺少主语，结合语境，应用whatever。
9.【解析】选B。句意：尽管我喜欢这本有好看图片的书，但是我没有足够的钱买它。while引导让步状语从句，意为“尽管”。as引导让步状语从句必须使用倒装结构；since和if不引导让步状语从句，可排除。
10.【解析】选D。句意：他要求立刻打扫教室。demand之后的宾语从句使用虚拟语气should+动词原形，should可省略；由于从句中的主语the classroom和动作clean之间为被动关系，故选D项。
Ⅱ.1. Unless invited
2. Child as he is
3. However difficult the problem was
4. should be handed in
5. he was angry
6. Wherever you go
7. where it was
8. (should) read the book
9. As long as you work hard
10. should put off the meeting
Ⅲ.1. ① (F) ②(T)
【解析】②正确。当suggest表示“建议”时，其宾语从句谓语动词用虚拟语气should do, should可以省略, 而此句中suggest表“暗示，表明”，其后宾语从句应用陈述语气，谓语动词需要用哪种时态就用哪种时态，故②正确。
2. ①(F) ②(T)
【解析】②正确。此句中，insist不表示“坚持要求某人做某事”，而是“坚持认为”，其宾语从句应用陈述语气，主句谓语动词insisted为过去式，因此其后宾语从句应用过去的时态，故②正确。
3. ①(T) ②(F)
【解析】①正确。proposal“建议”，其后的同位语从句要用虚拟语气should do, should可以省略，因此只剩下动词原形，故①正确。
4. ①(F) ②(T)
【解析】②正确。order此处意为“命令”，其后同位语从句应用虚拟语气（should）do, 故②正确。
5. ①(T) ②(F)
【解析】①正确。suggestion表示“建议、劝告”，其后的表语从句应用“should+动词原形”，故①正确。
2013最新版高中英语精练精析：Module6《The World's Cultural Heritage》Integrating Skills（外研版选修7）
Ⅰ. 单项填空
1. My demand is that the information in my report ________to Mr. Brown without delay.
[2012福州高二检测]
A. is e-mailed B. e-mailed
C. be e-mailed D. will be e-mailed
2. The secretary reminded me ________there was a meeting that afternoon.
[2012延边高二检测]
A. of B. about C. that D. on
3. He achieved his________to become the first man to cover the 110-meter hurdles in 12. 91 seconds.
[2012北京高二检测]
A. access B. ambition C. assistance D. absence
4. We insisted that the girl________qualified for the job, but the manager insisted that she________the job because of her shyness as a receptionist.
[2012杭州高二检测]
A. should be; was offered B. was not; should be offered
C. was; not be offered D. should not be; was not offered
5. They________all the details of the plan again and again to make sure that the project went smoothly.
A. got through B. got up
C. went through D. went up
6. In the evening, the General Manager gave a banquet at the International Hotel ________the foreign guests.
A. in favor of B. in place of
C. in the face of D. in honour of
7. He advocated________more schools in this area.
A. to build B. build C. building D. of building
8. —Are you free after school?
—Sorry, I’ve planned to treat a friend of mine to dinner________for his help.
A. in order B. in return C. in turn D. in honour
9. If you________this task, you must be ready to suffer from hardship.
A. apply B. experience
C. undertake D. command
10. Some research workers completely________all those facts as though they never exist.
A. ignore B. leave C. refuse D. miss
11. The voyages of travellers before the 17th century showed that they were not________the sea even though they didn’t have modern navigational aids.
A. at the expense of B. at the risk of C. in the way of D. at the mercy of
12. Make________with your sister, and quarrels will be avoided.
A. preparations B. a compromise
C. acquaintance D. adjustments
Ⅱ. 用所选词（组）的正确形式填空
go through, remind, absence, undertake, enlarge,
at the mercy of, apart from, bid, in return, honour
1. Mary gave me a bar of chocolate and I gave her a bunch of roses ________.
2. His repeated ________ from school is worrying.
3.________ me, there are ten more persons in the room.
4. In case I forget, please ________ me about it.
5. All of our act is ________ nature.
6. Chi Zijian is________ as a great writer.
7. Travel can________ your view.
8. She has ________ a lot since her husband was killed.
9. University professors both teach and ________ research.
10. The highest________ for the picture is $120, 000.
答案解析
Ⅰ. 1. 【解析】选C。demand“要求”，其后的宾语从句用should+动词原形，should可以省略；根据句意“我要求我的报告中的信息应毫不耽搁地用电子邮件发给布朗先生。”又因information与动词e-mail之间为被动关系，故选C。
2. 【解析】选C。句意：秘书提醒我那天下午有个会议。根据句子结构可知空格后为一个分句，再结合“remind sb. +that从句”的用法，可知C项正确。remind sb. of / about后一般接名词或动名词。
3. 【解析】选B。句意：他实现了自己的梦想，成为以12. 91秒跑完110米跨栏赛的第一人。access进入，通道；ambition梦想，抱负；assistance帮助；absence缺乏，没有。
4. 【解析】选C。句意：我们坚持说这个女孩有能力做这份工作，但是经理坚持不给女孩这份工作，因为她作为接待员比较羞涩。第一个insist表示“坚持说”，从句不用虚拟语气；第二个insist表示“坚持做……”，从句要用虚拟语气，且should可以省略，故选C项。
5. 【解析】选C。句意：他们一遍遍地检查计划的细节以确保项目顺利进行。go through仔细检查；get through接通，打通，通过；get up起床；go up上升。
6. 【解析】选D。句意：为了向外宾表示尊敬，总经理晚上在国际宾馆设宴招待他们。in honour of为了向……表示尊重；in favor of支持，赞成；in place of替代；in the face of面对。
7. 【解析】选C。句意：他主张在这一地区多建学校。advocate后接名词或动名词，故C项正确。
8. 【解析】选B。句意：——放学后你有空吗？——很抱歉，我已经计划好邀请一位朋友吃饭以报答他的帮助。in return for作为对……的回报；in order有条不紊；in turn依次，反之；in honour of为了纪念……，为了向……表示尊重。
9. 【解析】选C。句意：如果你承担这项任务，你必须做好应对困难的准备。apply应用; experience经历；undertake承担，负责；command命令，要求。由句意可知应选C。
10. 【解析】选A。本题考查动词词义辨析。句意：一些科研人员完全忽视了那些事实，好像它们从来不存在。leave留下；refuse拒绝；miss错过，皆不符合句意；ignore忽视，不理睬，符合句意，故选A。
11. 【解析】选D。考查介词短语辨析。句意：十七世纪以前的航海旅行，即使没有现代导航设备的帮助，旅行者也不是任凭大海摆布的。at the mercy of“任由……摆布，对……无能为力”；at the expense of“在牺牲（或损害）……的情况下”；at the risk of“冒着……的风险”；in the way of（用于否定句或疑问句）“就……而言”
12. 【解析】选B。句意：和你妹妹讲和就不会有争吵了。make a compromise讲和，达成妥协；make preparations做准备；make sb. ’s acquaintance结识某人；make adjustments调整。由句意可知选B。
Ⅱ. 1. in return 　　　　2. absence
3. Apart from 　　　　4. remind
5. at the mercy of　　 6. honoured
7. enlarge 　　　　　8. gone through.
9. undertake 　　　　10. bid
2013最新版高中英语精练精析：Module6《The World's Cultural Heritage》Introduction & Reading and Vocabulary（外研版选修7）
Ⅰ. 单词拼写
1. Her work has __________(促成) enormously to our understanding of this difficult subject.
2. This knife needs __________(使变锋利).
3. We should value our __________ (宝贵的) friendship.
4. The government managed to __________ (维持) prices.
5. The panda is one of the __________ (濒危的) animals.
6. Efforts to __________ (保护) the peace have failed.
7. Despite his cries, no one came to his __________ (帮助).
8. __________ (暴露)of the body to strong sunlight can be harmful.
9. Last month, the doctor strongly __________ (建议)that he take a holiday.
10. This is the most magnificent bridge in __________ (存在).
Ⅱ. 根据汉语完成句子
1. 他们发现了一些唐代遗迹。
They found some ____________________.
2. 我同意你所说的一切。
I’m ____________________ what you said.
3. 大量的新鲜空气有助于身体健康。
Plenty of fresh air __________/____________________ our health.
4. 鲸鱼是一种濒危的动物。
The whale is __________ animal/an animal __________.
5. 我建议你早点预订航班。
I __________/__________ you to book your flight early.
6. 这件事提高了公众对经济危机的认识。
The incident has ____________________ the economic crisis.
7. 你采取的预防自然灾害发生的措施至关重要。
The measures you took to prevent natural disasters were __________.
8. 据估计，对此问题实际上还没有进行过科学实验。
__________ that no scientific experiments have yet been made on the question.
9. 应他本人的请求，他被调到了另外一个部门。
He was transferred to another department __________.
10. 已经有研究发现，夜晚暴露在光线底下会减少褪黑素的分泌。
__________ light at night has been found to reduce melatonin levels.
Ⅲ. 单项填空
1. He doesn’t believe in the __________ of God.
[2012昆明高二检测]
A. life B. faith C. existence D. exhibition
2. —It is so kind of you to have __________ $2, 000, 000 to the fund.
—Don’t mention it. It is a pleasure to be able to join you in helping people __________ need.
[2012杭州高二检测]
A. spent; on B. contributed; in
C. cost; for D. squeezed; against
3. My mother suggested that not only __________ study hard myself but also __________ help my sister.
[2012延边高二检测]
A. I should; I should B. should I; should I
C. should I; I should D. I should; should I
4. The old man’s main job is to __________ the ancient road.
A. maintain B. support
C. order D. supply
5. — How was your visit to Qingdao?
—We had a very pleasant time __________ the bad weather.
A. besides B. in addition to
C. as well as D. apart from
6. We recommend you __________ your flight early.
A. to book B. to have booked
C. booking D. booked
7. On March 27th, The Forbidden City also turned off its lights for one hour to raise __________ of climate change.
A. motivation B. awareness
C. association D. concept
8. The proposal has been made __________ the basketball game __________ off.
A. for; to put B. that; be put
C. which; should be put D. to; being put
9. He __________ his pencil, opened his notebook and wrote down the date.
A. sharpened B. shortened
C. widened D. enlarged
10. It is illegal for a public official to ask people for gifts or money __________ favors to them.
A. in preference to B. in place of
C. in agreement with D. in exchange for
11. The discovery of these tombs is __________ for studying the history of the Shang Dynasty.
A. of great important B. great significant
C. of great significance D. great significance
12. One suggestion is to have a picnic and the other is to go to the museum. __________, I prefer the latter.
A. By myself B. Personal
C. Personally D. For myself
13. The prices of water, electricity and gas have __________ for years in Binhai New District.
A. remained unchanged B. been remained unchanged
C. stayed unchanging D. remained unchanging
14. Tigers are __________ to man, but they are __________ themselves.
A. dangerous; dangerous B. dangerous; endangered
C. endangered; dangerous D. in danger; in danger
15. Mr Smith proposed the problem worth paying attention to __________ at the meeting.
A. should discuss B. was discussed
C. being discussed D. be discussed
答案解析
Ⅰ.1. contributed 2. sharpening 3. precious 4. maintain
5. endangered 6. preserve 7. assistance 8. Exposure
9. recommended 10. existence
Ⅱ.1. remains of the Tang Dynasty
2. in agreement with
3. contributes to；makes a contribution to
4. an endangered； in danger
5. recommend；advise
6. sharpened the awareness of
7. of vital importance
8. It is estimated
9. at his own request
10. Exposure to
Ⅲ.1.【解析】选C。句意：他不相信上帝的存在。existence存在；exhibition展览；faith信仰；life生命，生活。
2.【解析】选B。句意：——向基金会捐了二百万美元，你真是太善良了。——别客气，很高兴能和你们一起帮助那些需要帮助的人。contribute捐赠；in need是固定短语，意为“需要帮助的”。
3.【解析】选C。句意：妈妈建议，我不仅应该自己努力学习，还应该帮助妹妹。在宾语从句中not only位于句首，其所在的句子要采用部分倒装结构，但but also所在的句子使用正常语序。故选C项。
4.【解析】选A。句意：这位老人的主要工作就是维修这条古路。maintain维持，维修；support支持；order命令，订购，点（菜）；supply供应，提供。根据句意可知选A项。
5.【解析】选D。apart from除……之外，有时表示包括在内，相当于besides，in addition to和as well as；有时表示不包括在内，相当于except。根据句意可知the bad weather不属于令人高兴的事情，故选D项。
6.【解析】选A。句意：我们建议你早点预订航班。recommend sb. to do sth. 建议某人做某事。
7.【解析】选B。句意：在3月27日，紫禁城也关灯一小时来提高人们关注气候变化的意识。motivation动力；awareness意识，认识；association联系；concept概念。
8.【解析】选B。propose表示“建议”，其后的宾语从句以及其对应的名词所引导的各种名词性从句也要用should+动词原形，其中的should可以省略。proposal后接了that引导的同位语从句，故选B项。
9.【解析】选A。句意：他削好铅笔，打开笔记本写下日期。sharpen使变锋利；shorten使变短；widen加宽；enlarge扩大。
10.【解析】选D。句意：作为对他们帮助的交换，一个政府官员向人民收受礼物和钱都是非法的。in preference to而不是；in place of替换，代替；in agreement with和……一致；in exchange for作为交换。
11.【解析】选C。考查of结构。of结构的构成有两种形式：①of+adj. +抽象名词（importance, use, help, value, benefit, significance, etc. ）; ②of+the same+length, width, height, depth, shape, etc. 。这两种形式在句子中可作表语、后置定语、宾语补足语或状语，此处所填部分作表语，如选B则应把B中的great改为greatly，因此选C。
12.【解析】选C。考查副词作评论性状语的用法。句意：一个建议是去野餐，另一个是去参观博物馆。就我个人而言，我更喜欢后者。由句意可知用personally, 相当于as far as I am concerned“就我来说，就我个人而言”。by myself “亲自”；for myself “为自己”均不符合题意，故选C。
独具【方法技巧】
一前一后评论性状语与方式状语
把握位置，注意评论性状语与方式状语的区别
一般来说，大部分作方式状语的副词在句子中可置于前、中、后三种位置，句子含义不因其位置的变化而受影响；但评论性状语多置于句首，如改变位置，则可能会变为方式状语。请比较：
1. ①I don’t think he’ll interview you personally.
我认为他不会亲自接见你。
②Personally I don’t think he’ll interview you.
我个人认为他不会接见你。
说明：两句话仅一副词位置不同，但意义迥异。①句中的personally修饰动词interview, 表示动作发生的方式，句子相当于“I don’t think he’ll interview you himself. ”。②句中的personally作评论性状语，表示说话人看问题的角度，句子相当于“I don’t think he’ll interview you, and that is my personal opinion. ”。
2. ①He speaks English clearly.
他英语说得很清晰。
②Clearly, he speaks English.
很明显，他说英语。
说明：①句中的clearly表示动作发生的方式，为方式状语，相当于in a clear way; ②句中clearly用作评论性状语，表示说话人的评论，句子相当于“It’s clear that he speaks English. ”。
13.【解析】选A。应该用过去分词unchanged表示被动；同时，表示“继续保持或处于某种状态”时，通常用remain或stay, 但不用于被动语态，故选A。
14.【解析】选B。考查danger派生词的用法。be dangerous to sb. “主语对别人有危害”；be in danger“主语自己处于危险中”；be endangered“主语濒临灭绝”。but they are endangered=but they are in danger。
15.【解析】选D。考查propose后加从句的用法。句意：史密斯先生建议值得注意的问题应该在会上讨论。propose意为“建议”，后接的宾语从句中用“should+动词原形”，should可以省略。the problem与discuss之间是被动关系，因此选D。
独具【易错解读】本题易受思维定势影响，误以为pay attention to后面接v. -ing形式，其实本题中worth paying attention to是the problem的定语，空格处缺少谓语动词。
2013最新版高中英语精练精析：Module6《The World's Cultural Heritage》模块质量评估(六)（外研版选修7）
第二部分 英语知识运用（共两节，满分45分）
第一节 单项填空（共15小题；每小题1分，满分15分）
21. Our bodies are strengthened by taking exercise. _____, our minds are developed by reading.
[2012石家庄高二检测]
A. Probably B. Likely
C. Similarly D. Generally
22. With many major economic problems _____ to be solved, there is no point predicting the growth rate of this year now.
[2012扬州高二检测]
A. remaining B. remained
C. have remained D. having remained
23. So, _____ the government has a good system of control or can educate the people, the forests will slowly disappear.
[2012锦州高二检测]
A. as long as B. when
C. unless D. every time
24. As to me, I like the independent lifestyle _____ the fact that I love my parents.
[2012保定高二检测]
A. because of B. in spite of
C. apart from D. instead of
25. What he said just now _____ me of that American professor who once was one of my father’s colleagues.
A. remembered B. memorized
C. impressed D. reminded
26. He asked us to _____ them _____ carrying through their plan.
A. assist; with B. help; to
C. assist; in D. help; with
27. She recommended that Tom _____ the problem another way, and his expression suggested that he _____.
A. should solve; agreed B. solve; agree
C. solved; should agree D. solved; agreed
28. Eating too much fat can _____ heart disease and cause high blood pressure.
A. contribute to B. cause to
C. attend to D. devote to
29. It is well-known that too much _____ to the sun can promote the development of many skin cancers.
A. contact B. disclosure
C. exposure D. exhibition
30. Stressful environments lead to unhealthy behaviours such as poor eating habits, which _____ increase the risk of heart disease.
A. by turns B. by nature
C. in nature D. in turn
31. I said hello to her when I met her but she _____ me completely and walked on.
A. ignored B. greeted
C. honoured D. recognized
32. We are always willing to cooperate with you, and _____, we may make some concession(让步).
A. if necessary B. if only
C. if ever D. if so
33. It was his fault that his car hit another one. He should _____ full responsibility for the accident.
A. undertake B. take
C. carry D. make
34. We’re going to _____ the production scale to produce more and better computers.
A. enlarge B. grow
C. spread D. enlarge upon
35. Babies are not born with _____ moral sense; they can’t tell _____ difference between right and wrong.
A. the; the B. a; a C. a; the D. /; a
第二节 完形填空（共20小题；每小题1. 5分，满分30分）
A man was exploring some caves by the seashore. In one cave he 36 a bag of hardened clay balls. It seemed that someone had 37 some clay and baked the balls in the sun. They didn’t look like 38 things, but they interested him, 39 he took the bag out of the cave with him.
As he walked along the beach he 40 the clay balls one at a time out into the ocean as far as he could. He thought 41 about it until he dropped one of the balls and it cracked open on a rock. 42 was a beautiful, precious stone. 43 , the man started breaking open the remaining clay balls. 44 contained a similar treasure. He found thousands of dollars’ worth of jewels in the 20 or so clay balls he had 45 , and then it struck him: 46 thousands of dollars in treasure, he could have had tens of thousands, with the 50 or 60 clay balls with their 47 treasures which were now in the ocean. He just 48 the chance.
Sometimes it’s like that with 49 . When we look at a person, we usually only see “the outside clay shell”. It isn’t always beautiful or shining, so we 50 the person; we see him as less important than someone more beautiful or more 51 . But we haven’t taken the time to look for the 52 inside that person. If we spend the time getting to know that person, the clay will 53 and the brilliant jewel will shine. We are 54 made, not only with our physical bodies, but also with our spiritual selves, which are sometimes hidden 55 others by the “earthen shell”.
36. A. searched B. lost C. made D. found
37. A. rolled B. pressed C. dug D. cut
38. A. dangerous B. valuable C. annoying D. ordinary
39. A. while B. though C. if D. so
40. A. pushed B. put C. threw D. pulled
41. A. little B. long C. hard D. well
42. A. Out B. Inside C. Next D. Below
43. A. Moved B. Satisfied C. Worried D. Excited
44. A. Each B. Much C. None D. Few
45. A. given B. taken C. left D. dropped
46. A. in case of B. in return for C. instead of D. because of
47. A. hidden B. obvious C. well-known D. questionable
48. A. forgo B. missed C. abandoned D. faced
49. A. money B. life C. people D. friends
50. A. pity B. blame C. ignore D. hate
51. A. warm-hearted B. honest C. famous D. stylish
52. A. clay B. treasure C. ball D. shell
53. A. come off B. break away C. run out D. dry up
54. A. normally B. gradually C. wonderfully D. expensively
55. A. from B. behind C. with D. by
第三部分 阅读理解（共两节，满分40分）
第一节（共15小题；每小题2分，满分30分）
（A）
Have you ever seen a Kunqu Opera, or heard
the beautiful sound of a Guqin? These two
traditional Chinese art forms are both included
in UNESCO’s list of “oral and intangible heritage
of humanity”. This year, China has selected
another art form to compete to join this special group. Muqam (木卡姆), the traditional folk music of Xinjiang’s Uygur people will be considered alongside other countries’ entries. “The intangible cultural heritage of different countries and different people should be treasured by the world, ” said Wang Wenzhang, president of the Chinese Academy of Arts.
Known as “the mother of Uygur music”, Muqam has a long history. Some scholars believe that its origins can be traced back to the “Great Western Region Melody”（西域大曲）. This developed during the Han (202 BC~220 AD) and Tang (618~907 AD) dynasties and enjoyed great popularity in central China. In the mid-16th century, the Silk Road connected China and Europe. Xinjiang was at the center of the cultural exchange between east and west. Muqam music was spread across Uygur-populated areas during that time. The queen of Yarkant Kingdom (叶尔羌汗国), whose name was Amannisahan, was a poet and musician. She devoted all her efforts to collecting and sorting Muqam music. With the help of other experts, she finally worked out 12 pieces of music, which became the famous Twelve Muqam. When Amannisahan was doing her work, she didn’t seek materials from the fully developed Arabian and Persian music. Instead, she exploited the rich resources of Uygur folk music that spread across the north and the south of the Tianshan Mountains. As a result, the Twelve Muqam has a strong Uygur flavor.
The Twelve Muqam includes more than 340 classical songs, folk songs, love songs and pieces of dance music and instrumental music. The whole set takes 24 hours to play. Ever since it spread among the Uygurs, the Twelve Muqam has played an important part in their lives. They sing songs and dance to the music. Kurban Mamut, editor-in-chief of a Uygur language magazine, says that he often listened to the Twelve Muqam when he was a child. “The Twelve Muqam helps bring moral ideas to the Uygur children, and gives them a noble and strong personality, ” he said.
After New China was founded, the local government of the Xinjiang Uygur Autonomous Region made every effort to preserve the Twelve Muqam. In 1960, two volumes of the Twelve Muqam were published. This finally protected this oral cultural heritage. Over the past two decades, local Xinjiang cultural institutions have supported research projects. A number of books about the Twelve Muqam have been published. CDs, and DVDs of the Twelve Muqam have also been made.
56. _____ made the greatest contribution to the spread of Muqam.
A. The king of Yarkant Kingdom
B. The emperors of Tang Muqam
C. Kurban Mamut
D. Amannisahan
57. What does the underlined word “this” in the last paragraph refer to？
A. The Twelve Muqam
B. Two volumes of the Twelve Muqam
C. A Uygur magazine
D. The publishing of the Twelve Muqam
58. What is the best title for this article?
A. Muqam, an art form of Xinjiang
B. Please listen to Muqam
C. The Twelve Muqam
D. An introduction to Uygur folk music
（B）
Some people say that the best way to reduce the size
of your waist is to do stomach exercise. Many people believe
that when specific muscles are exercised, the fatty tissues
(组织) in the immediate area are burned up. The truth is that
exercise burns fat from all over the body and not from one
specific area. Of course, if you reduce the fat throughout
your body, you will certainly see results around your waist，too.
Some people believe that you need to exercise twice a week in order to keep a sufficient level of physical fitness. However, studies directed by American scientists show that unexercised muscles lose their strength very quickly. Within 48 to 72 hours, you must use the muscles again to reestablish (重建) the good physical effects. And what does that mean to you? American scientists concluded that while daily exercise is most helpful, exercising every other day or three days a week will keep a sufficient level of physical fitness.
Is it true that you burn more calories running one mile than walking the same distance? The answer is no. The truth is that you use the same amount of energy whether you walk or run the mile, since in both cases you are moving the same weight the same distance. The speed does not matter. Of course, if you run rather than walk for 30 minutes, you will cover more distance, and therefore, burn more calories.
If your breathing doesn’t return to normal within 5 minutes after you finish exercising, you have exercised too much. Five minutes or so after exercising, your breathing should be normal, your heart shouldn’t be beating loudly, and you shouldn’t be tired.
59. If you want to reduce the fat around your waist, you should _____.
A. do stomach exercise
B. exercise the waist
C. exercise all the muscles of your body
D. run fast for 30 minutes
60. From the second paragraph, we learn that _____.
A. we only need to exercise twice a week
B. we should exercise three times a week
C. muscles lose their strength after 48 hours
D. we should exercise every other day, or three days a week
61. If you have exercised too much, _____.
A. your breathing will take longer than 5 minutes to return to normal after you finish exercising
B. your breathing will return to normal within 5 minutes after finishing exercising
C. your heart will not be beating loudly
D. you will be too tired to move
62. This passage tells us that _____.
A. it is better to do more running than walking
B. the more exercise you do, the healthier you will be
C. the unexercised muscles must be used again within 48 to 72 hours
D. in order to lose weight, you have to run fast
（C）
［2011临沂高二检测］
America’s greatest technological achievement, the
Hoover Dam, now has a companion piece, a bridge held
up by the longest arch in the Western Hemisphere（半球）.
The Mike O’Callaghan-Pat Tillman Memorial Bridge,
which opened this month and connects the U. S. states of Arizona and Nevada, crosses the vast chasm（峡谷）890 feet above the Colorado River that is controlled by the dam.
The striking 1, 900-foot-long structure will improve traffic in the region and help protect the dam from being destroyed. It is the seventh highest bridge in the world, behind four in China, one in Papua New Guinea and one in the US state of Colorado.
“The Hoover Dam is the greatest civil engineering achievement in America’s history, ” said the bridge project manager Dave Zanatell. “Our goal was not to outdo or outshine it. Our goal was to, in a respectful way, do something that would be great for our generation and that would stand besides the Hoover Dam in a respectful and quality way that would become a part of Hoover’s legacy（遗产）. ”
Just as the Hoover Dam was built in the heart of the Great Depression（大萧条）and was seen as an example of the nation’s can-do spirit, some hope this project can also provide some uplift.
The bridge is surprising: at 1, 050 feet, its support arch holds up a roadway that lies on 300-foot-long concrete pillars（柱子）, some of the tallest in the world. It contains 16 million pounds of steel.
The idea of the bridge came into being in the 1960s because the top of the Hoover Dam has been a narrow two-lane road that is the fastest route from Arizona to Las Vegas and then the Pacific Northwest and Canada.
Access to the dam from each direction is a dangerously winding route, but massive trucks and passenger vehicles shared it for decades. During the day, when thousands of tourists travel to the dam from Las Vegas three times as many accidents as on a normal road will happen.
The bridge has a sidewalk on the side facing the dam. The wall on both sides is 54 inches high, so walkers can take photos there.
63．What is one of the purposes of building the bridge?
A. To protect the dam.
B. To save the cultures.
C. To outdo the dam.
D. To develop the tourism.
64．The underlined word “uplift” in Paragraph 4 means _____.
A. lift of the heavy object
B. support in money
C. spiritual encouragement
D. instruction in technology
65．Which of the followings shows the right position of the bridge and dam?
66．The text is mainly about _____.
A. the Hoover Dam
B. western America’s development
C. a tour along the Colorado River
D. a recently built bridge
（D）
One reaction to all the concern about tropical
deforestation（砍伐森林） is a blank（茫然的）
stare that asks the question, “Since I don’t live
there, what does it have to do with me? ”
The answer is that your way of life, wherever
you live in the world, is tied to the tropics in many ways. If you live in a house, wash your hair, eat fruits and vegetables, drink soda, or drive a car, you can be certain that you are affected by the loss of tropical forests.
Biologically, we are losing the richest regions on earth when, each minute, a piece of tropical forest, the size of ten city blocks, disappears. As many as five million species of plants, animals, and insects (40 to 50 percent of all living things) live there, and are being lost faster than they can be found and described. Their loss is immeasurable.
Take rubber for example. For many uses, only natural rubber from trees will do. Synthetics(合成材料) are not good enough. Today over half the world’s commercial rubber is produced in Malaysia and Indonesia, while the Amazon’s rubber industry produces much of the world’s four million tons. And rubber is an important material in making gloves, balloons, footwear and many sporting goods. Thousands of other tropical plants are valuable for their industrial use.
Many scientists strongly believe that deforestation contributes to the greenhouse effect—or heating of the earth from increased carbon dioxide in the atmosphere. As we destroy forests, we lose their ability to change carbon dioxide into oxygen.
Carbon dioxide levels could double within the next half-century, warming the earth by as much as 4. 5 degrees. The result? A partial melt-down of polar ice caps, raising sea levels as much as 24 feet; even 15 feet could threaten anyone living within 35 miles of the coast. Unbelievable? Maybe. But scientists warn that by the time we realize the severe effects of tropical deforestation, it will be 20 years too late.
Can tropical deforestation affect our everyday lives? Now, you should have got the answer.
67. In the last paragraph the author tries to _____.
A. tell people how to avoid the tropical deforestation
B. persuade people to buy something synthetic
C. show us how important it is to protect the tropical forests
D. let people realize the effect of tropical deforestation
68. According to the passage, which of the following is NOT true?
A. The forests are losing their fun_ction in turning carbon dioxide into oxygen.
B. Many of our daily uses are related to the tropical forests.
C. Tropical plants can be used to make industrial products.
D. High carbon dioxide levels will make the earth warmer.
69. The author’s attitude towards the tropical deforestation is _____.
A. puzzling B. cold
C. supporting D. opposed
70. Which of the following might be the best title for the passage?
A. Tropical Forests
B. Saving the Tropical Forests
C. Tropical Forests and Our Life
D. The Greenhouse Effects
第二节(共5小题；每小题2分，满分10分)
根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余选项。
The Taj Mahal
Shah Jahan finished building Taj Mahal in 1648. He was a rich and powerful emperor, and he built the Taj Mahal as a memorial for his wife. 71 The word “taj” means crown, “Mahal” was the name of his wife. Twenty thousand people worked for 18 years to complete this beautiful domed(圆顶屋) building. A thousand elephants carried huge stones and jewels from all over India and central Asia to the Taj. Shah Jahan wanted this memorial to be a burial place for himself and his wife.
The Taj Mahal is on the Yamuna River in Agra in northern India. 72 Its picture is in most travel books and brochures. It is open daily from sunrise to sunset. For about fifteen rupees (or about US$0. 33), anyone can enter this peaceful and quiet place.
As you enter, you pass through beautiful, silent gardens. From the gardens, you cross a wide courtyard. Suddenly, you see the dome of the main building through a tall, red sandstone gate. At daybreak, the Taj Mahal’s white walls turn rose. At noon, they blaze（发光）white. At dusk, they become dark grey. 73
After you pass through the gate, you step onto a wide stone platform. You look over another garden with pools. Everything is arranged carefully in fours. 74 The garden is divided into four parts. There are straight rows of colorful flowers and trees in each of the parts. At the four corners of the Taj Mahal, there are pointed tall towers. After the gardens, you go down stone steps towards the main building with the tomb and the graves of Shah Jahan and his wife.
After hundreds of years, the Taj Mahal remains a lovely and peaceful place. 75
A. It was a monument of love.
B. Four is a special number in the Moslem religion.
C. Many people want to visit the Taj Mahal some day.
D. This beautiful building is truly a jewel for all people.
E. The Taj Mahal is most beautiful by the light of the full moon.
F. To many people around the world, the Taj Mahal is a symbol of India.
G. From the cool, dark gates, the Taj Mahal seems to float between earth and sky.
第二卷
第四部分 写作（共两节，满分35分）
第一节 短文改错（共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分）
假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文，请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共有10处语言错误，每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。
增加: 在缺词处加一个漏字符号（∧）, 并在其下面写出该加的词。
删除: 把多余的词用斜线（）划掉。
修改: 在错的词下划一横线, 并在该词下面写出修改后的词。
注意: 1. 每处错误及其修改均仅限一词;
2. 只允许修改10处, 多者(从第11处起)不计分。
Many young boys and girls had the habit of smoking, though they are middle school student. As we all know, smoking do harm to human beings. More and more people have realized that how serious this problem is. But they are never boring with it. Some people think smoking is a kind of fashion, and other think smoking can refresh himself. In fact, smoking causes many illnesses. The most serious illness led by smoking is lung cancer. Meanwhile, smoking is the waste of money. What’s worse, careless smokers may cause danger fires.
第二节 书面表达（满分25分）
端午节是我国汉族人民的传统节日，
农历五月初五为端午节（Dragon Boat
Festival）。请根据以下提示写一篇100词
左右的介绍端午节的英语文章。提示如下：
节日来历：据说是为了纪念爱国诗
人屈原，也有人把端午节命名为“诗人节”；
2. 主要活动：吃粽子和赛龙舟，我国从2008年起，把端午节作为法定假日放假一天，来弘扬传统文化；
3. 影响：我国的端午节文化已传入周边国家，日本和韩国也有类似的节日。
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
【备选题】
Ⅰ. 任务型阅读（陕西）（共5小题；每小题2分，满分10分）
根据短文内容，从下框的A~F选项中选出能概括每一段主题的最佳选项。选项中有一项为多余项。
A. How a good teacher acts in class.
B. Acting: natural expression of fixed words and movements.
C. Teaching: a student-centered creative process.
D. Similarities between teaching and acting.
E. Differences between teaching and acting.
F. A good teacher, not necessarily a good actor.
1.
To be a good teacher, you need some of the gifts of a good actor: you must be able to hold the attention and interest of your audience; you must be a clear speaker, with a good, strong, pleasing voice which is fully under your control; and you must be able to act what you are teaching in order to make its meaning clear.
2.
Watch a good teacher and you will see that he does not sit unmoved before his class: he stands the whole time he is teaching; he walks about, using his arms, his hands and fingers to help him in his explanations, and his face to express his feelings. Listen to him, and you will hear the loudness, the quality and the musical note of his voice always changing according to what he is talking about.
3.
The fact that a good teacher has some of the gifts of a good actor doesn’t mean that he will indeed be able to act well on the stage, for there are very important differences between the teacher’s work and the actor’s. The actor has to speak words which he has learnt by heart; he has to repeat exactly the same words each time he plays a certain part, and even his movements and the ways in which he uses his voice are usually fixed beforehand. What he has to do is to make all these carefully learnt words and actions seem natural on the stage.
4.
A good teacher works in quite a different way. His audience take an active part in his play: they ask questions, they obey orders, and if they don’t understand something, they say so. The teacher therefore has to suit his act to the needs of his audience. He cannot learn his part by heart, but must invent it as he goes along.
5.
As a good teacher presently, you must take your audience as your friends, take care of them, help them and give them enough freedom and space. I have known many teachers who are fine actors in class but are unable to take part in a stage play because their brains can’t keep discipline: they cannot keep strictly to what another has written.
Ⅱ. 情景对话（陕西）（共5小题；每小题1分，满分5分）
根据对话情景和内容，从对话后所给的选项中选出能填入每一空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两个为多余选项。
Jack: Hi，Frank.
Frank: Hi, Jack.
Jack: 1
Frank: Yes. I have some books to read, but I can do it later.
Jack: I want you to do me a favor.
Frank: Go ahead. 2
Jack: Professor Smith is coming this afternoon. I am expected to meet him at the airport, but I have an important meeting to go to.
Frank: I can do it for you. 3
Jack: He’s about your age, in his early thirties, tall and handsome.
Frank: 4
Jack: Oh, about three o’clock. He is taking flight Number 231 from Detroit. Thank you.
Frank: 5
A. See you this afternoon.
B. How can I recognize him？
C. What do you want me to do?
D. Are you free this afternoon?
E. When should I leave for the airport?
F. I am honored to meet the famous professor.
G. Are you going to the meeting this afternoon?
答案解析
21.【解析】选C。句意：我们的身体是通过锻炼来加强的。相似地，我们的头脑要靠阅读来提高。similarly相似地。
22.【解析】选A。句意：有很多重要的经济问题有待于解决，所以预测今年的经济增长率没有意义。在with复合结构中，宾语problems和宾语补足语remain是主谓关系，故用remaining的形式，remain to be done表示“某事有待于被做”，主动形式表达被动含义。
23.【解析】选C。句意：所以，如果政府没有很好的控制体系或不能很好地教育人们，森林将会逐渐消失。根据句意可知前面为一个否定的条件，故选C项，表示“除非，如果不”。
24.【解析】选B。句意：对于我来说，尽管事实上我爱我的父母，但我喜欢独立的生活方式。because of因为；in spite of尽管；apart from除了；instead of而不是。
25.【解析】选D。句意：刚才他所说的使我想起了曾经和我父亲做过同事的那个美国教授。remind sb. of sth. 提醒某人某事/使某人想起某事。其他几个动词一般不与介词of搭配。
26.【解析】选C。句意：他请求我们帮助他们完成计划。help sb. (to) do sth. 或help sb. with sth. 帮助某人做某事，和题干结构不符合；assist sb. (in) doing sth. 帮助某人做某事, 符合句子结构，故选C。
27.【解析】选A。句意：她建议汤姆以另外一种方式解决这个问题，他的表情表明他同意了。recommend后的宾语从句中要用should+动词原形，should可以省略，可排除C、D项；suggest作“表明”讲时，其后不用虚拟语气，故选A项。
28.【解析】选A。句意：食入太多的脂肪可能导致心脏疾病和高血压。cause是及物动词；contribute to导致，促使；attend to照料；devote to致力于。
29.【解析】选C。句意：众所周知，过度的暴晒会引发许多皮肤癌。contact接触，联系；disclosure揭发，透露；exposure暴露；exhibition展览。根据句意可知选C项。
30.【解析】选D。句意：充满压力的环境会导致不健康的行为，比如不好的饮食习惯，而这些不健康的行为又会反过来增加患心脏病的危险。by turns轮流；by nature天生的；in nature本质上；in turn依次，反过来。
31.【解析】选A。句意：我看到她时向她打招呼，但她根本不理我继续向前走。ignore忽视，不理；greet问候；honour尊重；recognize认出，识别。
32.【解析】选A。考查if状语从句的省略结构。if necessary意为“如果有必要的话”；if only意为“但愿”; if so意为“如果是这样的话”；if ever意为“如果有的话”。根据句意“我们总是愿意与你合作，如果有必要的话还可以做些让步”可知，答案为A。
独具【方法技巧】 if状语从句中的省略用法
一、if引导的条件状语从句一般的省略用法：如果从句的主语和主句的主语一致且从句的谓语含有 be 动词的某种形式（ am/ is / are / was /were ），可同时省略从句的主语和 be 动词的某种形式。例如：
If （ it is ） properly treated, waste will do no harm to the environment.
如果废物被妥善处理，就不会对环境有危害。
Once （you are）caught stealing in a supermarket, you will be punished.
在超市偷东西一旦被抓住，你就会受处罚。
二、if 状语从句中的特殊省略用法：通常省略了 it is（it 为无人称代词）, that is, there is/are，或从句的一部分。例如：
If（it is） possible/necessary, this old temple will be rebuilt.
如果可能/必要的话，将重建这座古庙。
If（that is）so, I will call you back at 5: 00 p. m. .
倘若如此，我下午 5 ： 00 给你回电话。
33.【解析】选A。句意为：他的车撞上另一辆车是他的失误。他应当承担全部责任。undertake full responsibility承担全部责任。
34.【解析】选A。考查动词辨析。句意为：我们正准备扩大生产规模，生产更多更好的电脑。grow生长，种植；spread扩散，传播；enlarge upon详述，皆不合题意；enlarge扩展，扩大，符合句意，故选A。
独具【方法技巧】“抛头露面”词缀en
英语是一种词缀非常丰富的语言。词缀有前缀和后缀之分。一般情况下，前缀只能改变词义，不能改变词性。而后缀恰恰相反，它只能改变词性，一般不能改变词义。一般来说，一个词缀只能用于一种情形，即不是用作前缀，就是用作后缀。但是，英语中有一个词缀en用法非常灵活，它既可用作前缀，又可用作后缀，用作前缀的时候可改变词性，用作后缀的时候有时也能改变词义。
一、en用作前缀的情形
1. en加在名词前面将该名词变为动词(当en用在以p, b开头的单词前面时，en要发生变化，变成em)。如：courage(勇气)—encourage(鼓励，激励); body(身体，主体)—embody(体现，使具体化); power(权力)—empower(授权，准许); danger(危险)—endanger(危害，使遭到危险)等。
2. en加在形容词前将该形容词变为动词。如：large(大的)—enlarge(扩大，扩充); rich(富的，富裕的)—enrich (使富裕，使充实); able(能干的，有能力的)—enable (使能够，使成为可能)等。
3. en加在动词前面，该动词的词性不变。如：fold(折叠)—enfold(包进，拥抱); join(加入，参加)—enjoin (吩咐，命令); lighten(减轻，使轻松)—enlighten(启迪，开导); bark(叫，吠)—embark (筑堤)等。
二、en用作后缀的情形
1. en加在形容词的后面将该形容词变为动词。如：quick (快的，迅速的)—quicken(加快); wide(宽的，宽阔的)—widen(加宽，变宽); sharp(锋利的)—sharpen(使锋利，使锐利)等。
2. en加在名词后面将名词变为动词。如：haste (匆忙)—hasten (赶快，催促); length (长度)—lengthen(延长，使变长)等。
3. en加在名词后面将该名词变为形容词。如：wool(羊毛，毛线)—woolen(羊毛制的，毛线的); wood(木头，木材)—wooden (木制的); gold(黄金)—golden (黄金的)等。
35.【解析】选C。考查冠词的用法。moral sense是非感。第一空是泛指孩子不会生来就有是非感，因此用不定冠词a；第二空考查的是固定短语tell the difference between. . . and. . . , 因此正确答案是C项。
　　一个人在岩洞里偶然发现了一个装着许多硬化了的粘土球的包。他把土球一一地扔向大海。后来他发现每个土球里都包着一颗宝石，那人后悔自己丢掉了许多本可以属于自己的财宝。作者感慨，我们看人也要注意不能只看表面。
36.【解析】选 D。根据上下文，应该是他在洞穴里“找到了”一袋硬化了的粘土球。
37.【解析】选A。roll在这里意为 make something into the shape of a ball，符合句意。
38.【解析】选B。根据后面的but可知，这些球看上去应该很普通，不珍贵。
39.【解析】选D。由于对这些东西感兴趣，他把它们带出了山洞。用so表示结果。
40.【解析】选C。根据下文“. . . out into the ocean as far as he could”可推出，他尽力把粘土球一一扔向大海，故选threw。
41.【解析】选A。根据上文可知，他并不认为这些球很有价值，因此在扔出它们的时候也没有多想。
42.【解析】选B。根据下文“. . . contained a similar treasure”，这里是说球里包着宝石。
43.【解析】选D。他意外地在粘土球中发现了宝石，因此应该是“兴奋的”。
44.【解析】选A。根据下文的“He found thousands of dollars’ worth of jewels in the 20 or so clay balls”及“he could have had tens of thousands”，可知每个球里都有宝贝。
45.【解析】选C。这里选left与上文的remaining对应。
46.【解析】选C。如果他之前不将那些粘土球扔进海里，他现在应该有价值为tens of thousands的宝石，“而不是”只有价值为thousands of dollars的宝石。
47.【解析】选A。结合上文可知，宝石是“藏”在粘土球中的。
48.【解析】选B。50或60个藏有宝物的粘土球已被他扔入海中了，他“错过”了机会。
49.【解析】选C。下文是由事及人，谈论看待人的问题。根据下文When we look at a person可知，谈论对象是一般人，并不仅仅局限于朋友。
50.【解析】选C。句意：由于其外表并非总是美丽耀眼的，因而我们会忽视那个人。这里选ignore，与上文提到的没有发现粘土球中的宝石对应。
51.【解析】选D。这里应填入形容人外表的词。
52.【解析】选B。此处强调人的内在的宝贵的东西，就如同上文提到的粘土球中的宝物。
53.【解析】选A。come off在这里表示“剥落，脱落”。
54.【解析】选C。这里强调我们每个人都有其内在的财富，都是被“奇妙地”创造出来的。
55.【解析】选A。这里是说我们精神上的财富别人不易发现。hide sth. /sb. from sb. “把……隐藏起来不让人发现”，是习惯搭配。
56.【解析】选D。细节理解题。根据第二段中的The queen of Yarkant Kingdom, whose name was Amannisahan, was a poet and musician. She devoted all her efforts to collecting and sorting Muqam music. 可知叶尔羌汗国的王后Amannisahan对木卡姆的传播作出了巨大的贡献。
57.【解析】选D。代词指代题。根据划线词所在句的上一句可知，this代指上句中提到的the Twelve Muqam的出版。
58.【解析】选A。主旨大意题。本篇文章主要介绍了新疆民间音乐木卡姆的起源、发展以及现状，故选A项。D项范围过大。
59.【解析】选C。细节理解题。根据第一段中的The truth is that exercise burns fat from all over the body and not from one specific area. 可知运动不会只燃烧某一部分的脂肪，而是全身的脂肪，故要锻炼身体的所有肌肉。
60.【解析】选D。推理判断题。根据第二段可知每48到72小时之间必须活动才能保证充足的体力，所以专家得出结论：每天都练习是最有帮助的，每隔一天或每三天锻炼才是保持身体健康的基本要求。故D项正确。
61.【解析】选A。细节理解题。根据最后一段的第一句话可知，如果锻炼过头的话，呼吸在五分钟内很难能恢复正常，也就是说要超过五分钟。
62.【解析】选C。推理判断题。最后一段提到散步和跑步，只要时间长度是一样的，起到的作用是一样的，故可排除A、D项，B项文中未涉及到。在第二段的第二句话. . . studies directed by American scientists show that unexercised muscles lose their strength very quickly. Within 48 to 72 hours, you must use the muscles again to reestablish the good physical effects. 可知C项正确。
63．【解析】选A。细节理解题。由第二段可知建大桥的目的是改善交通和保护大坝，故选A项。
64．【解析】选C。词义猜测题。由第四段可知胡佛大坝被认为是国民精神向上的象征，帮助国民树立有所作为的精神，故选C项。
65．【解析】选A。细节理解题。由第一、二、三段及地理常识可以看出大桥及大坝的相对位置。
66．【解析】选D。主旨大意题。本文主要讲的是麦克·奥卡拉汉——帕特·提尔曼纪念大桥——胡佛大坝的伙伴。
67.【解析】选C。最后一段用一个问句的方式告诉我们热带雨林的砍伐已经影响到我们的日常生活了，保护热带雨林是何等的重要。
68.【解析】选A。第五段的最后一句As we destroy forests, we lose their ability to change carbon dioxide into oxygen. 告诉我们，当我们失去雨林的时候，我们就会失去把二氧化碳转换成氧气的能力，可知并不是雨林正在失去它们的转化功能。
69.【解析】选D。通过倒数第二、三段，作者指出了雨林被破坏后给我们带来的坏的影响可知，作者对砍伐森林的做法是反对的。
70.【解析】选C。作者在第一段提到有些人对砍伐雨林的漠不关心，并分析了雨林在我们日常生活中的作用以及它的被破坏会对我们的影响，以及最后一段的再次点题可知作者想通过二者的关系说明雨林对我们来说是非常重要的，故C为最佳答案。
答案：71~75. AFEBD
短文改错
Many young boys and girls had the habit of smoking, though they are middle
have
school student. As we all know, smoking do harm to human beings. More and
students does
more people have realized that how serious this problem is. But they are never boring
bored
with it. Some people think smoking is a kind of fashion, and other think smoking can
others
refresh himself. In fact, smoking causes many illnesses. The most serious illness
themselves
led by smoking is lung cancer. Meanwhile, smoking is the waste of money. What’s
caused a
worse, careless smokers may cause danger fires.
dangerous
1. 【解析】第一句中的had→have 整篇文章在讲述一个普遍存在的现象，故时态都用现在时。
2. 【解析】第一句中的student→students 根据句意不难看出主语是they，故用复数形式。
3. 【解析】第二句中的do→does 主语是smoking，其谓语动词要用第三人称单数。
4. 【解析】去掉第三句中的that how引导一个宾语从句，that是多余的。
5. 【解析】第四句中boring→bored 修饰主语人时，要用bored的形式。
6. 【解析】第五句中的other→others 作think的主语要用代词others，other是形容词，不可作主语。
7. 【解析】第五句中的himself→themselves 结合上一题可知主语是others，是复数概念，故反身代词要用themselves。
8. 【解析】第七句中的led→caused 根据句意“由吸烟导致的最严重的疾病是肺癌。”可知用cause，意为“导致”。与主语之间为被动关系，故用过去分词作后置定语。
9. 【解析】第八中句中的the→a a waste of. . . 浪费，是固定短语。
10. 【解析】第九句中的danger→dangerous 修饰名词fires要用形容词。
书面表达
Dragon Boat Festival is considered as one of the traditional festivals in our nation, which is set on the fifth day of May on the lunar calendar.
It is said that the festival is in honor of the patriotic poet Qu Yuan in the very beginning and it is also called Poet Festival. On that day, people will eat Zongzi and take part in dragon boat races to observe the traditional festival. Since 2008, our government has viewed it as a legal holiday to develop and expand our traditional culture.
As a matter of fact, Dragon Boat Festival has a great influence on our neighboring nations，like Japan and South Korea.
【备选题】
Ⅰ.1.【解析】选D。本段的第一句提到作为一个好老师要具备演员的天赋：激起观众的兴趣，抓住他们的注意力等，可知本段在讲老师和演员之间有一些相似之处。
2.【解析】选A。本段主要介绍了一个好老师在课堂上的典型表现，故选A项。
3.【解析】选B。本段主要讲演员在舞台上把自己提前准备好的台词和动作自然地在舞台上表现出来，而老师的工作是不同的。
4.【解析】选C。在讲演过程中，好老师的观众是参与其中的，老师的行为是以他的观众为中心调整变化的。教学过程不是事前记在心里的，而是要不断创造的，可知选C项。
5.【解析】选F。本段讲到一个好老师在课堂能很好地表演，但不能够到舞台上去表演，是因为他们不能够完全按写好的剧本表演，老师不一定是舞台上的好演员。
Ⅱ.答案：1~5. DCBEF